US20200197327A1 - Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer - Google Patents

Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20200197327A1
US20200197327A1 US16/810,233 US202016810233A US2020197327A1 US 20200197327 A1 US20200197327 A1 US 20200197327A1 US 202016810233 A US202016810233 A US 202016810233A US 2020197327 A1 US2020197327 A1 US 2020197327A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
pharmaceutical dosage
dosage form
particles
active ingredient
pharmacologically active
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/810,233
Inventor
Klaus WENING
Lutz BARNSCHEID
Sebastian Schwier
Anja Geibler
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Gruenenthal GmbH
Original Assignee
Gruenenthal GmbH
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=48783054&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20200197327(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Gruenenthal GmbH filed Critical Gruenenthal GmbH
Priority to US16/810,233 priority Critical patent/US20200197327A1/en
Assigned to Grünenthal GmbH reassignment Grünenthal GmbH ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WENING, KLAUS, DR., BARNSCHEID, LUTZ, DR., GEISSLER, ANJA, SCHWIER, SEBASTIAN, DR.
Publication of US20200197327A1 publication Critical patent/US20200197327A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1635Organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly(meth)acrylates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/137Arylalkylamines, e.g. amphetamine, epinephrine, salbutamol, ephedrine or methadone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/141Intimate drug-carrier mixtures characterised by the carrier, e.g. ordered mixtures, adsorbates, solid solutions, eutectica, co-dried, co-solubilised, co-kneaded, co-milled, co-ground products, co-precipitates, co-evaporates, co-extrudates, co-melts; Drug nanoparticles with adsorbed surface modifiers
    • A61K9/146Intimate drug-carrier mixtures characterised by the carrier, e.g. ordered mixtures, adsorbates, solid solutions, eutectica, co-dried, co-solubilised, co-kneaded, co-milled, co-ground products, co-precipitates, co-evaporates, co-extrudates, co-melts; Drug nanoparticles with adsorbed surface modifiers with organic macromolecular compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/2031Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, poloxamers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C51/00Shaping by thermoforming, i.e. shaping sheets or sheet like preforms after heating, e.g. shaping sheets in matched moulds or by deep-drawing; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C51/002Shaping by thermoforming, i.e. shaping sheets or sheet like preforms after heating, e.g. shaping sheets in matched moulds or by deep-drawing; Apparatus therefor characterised by the choice of material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/001Combinations of extrusion moulding with other shaping operations
    • B29C48/0011Combinations of extrusion moulding with other shaping operations combined with compression moulding
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/03Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor characterised by the shape of the extruded material at extrusion
    • B29C48/05Filamentary, e.g. strands
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2023/00Use of polyalkenes or derivatives thereof as moulding material
    • B29K2023/04Polymers of ethylene
    • B29K2023/08Copolymers of ethylene
    • B29K2023/083EVA, i.e. ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2105/00Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
    • B29K2105/0085Copolymers

Definitions

  • the invention relates to a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer, which dosage form provides resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • EVA ethylene-vinyl acetate
  • a large number of pharmacologically active substances have a potential for being abused or misused, i.e. they can be used to produce effects which are not consistent with their intended use.
  • opioids which exhibit an excellent efficacy in controlling severe to extremely severe pain are frequently abused to induce euphoric states similar to being intoxicated.
  • active substances which have a psychotropic effect are abused accordingly.
  • the corresponding pharmaceutical dosage forms such as pharmaceutical dosage forms or capsules are crushed, for example ground by the abuser, the active substance is extracted from the thus obtained powder using a preferably aqueous liquid and after being optionally filtered through cotton wool or cellulose wadding, the resultant solution is administered parenterally, in particular intravenously.
  • This type of dosage results in an even faster diffusion of the active substance compared to the oral abuse, with the result desired by the abuser, namely the kick.
  • This kick or these intoxication-like, euphoric states are also reached if the powdered pharmaceutical dosage form is administered nasally, i.e. is sniffed.
  • aversive agents and/or antagonists have been proposed to incorporate in pharmaceutical dosage forms so that they only produce their aversive and/or antagonizing effects when the pharmaceutical dosage forms are tampered with.
  • aversive agents and/or antagonists have been proposed to incorporate in pharmaceutical dosage forms in a manner so that they only produce their aversive and/or antagonizing effects when the pharmaceutical dosage forms are tampered with.
  • the presence of such aversive agents is principally not desirable and there is a need to provide sufficient tamper-resistance without relying on aversive agents and/or antagonists.
  • Another concept to prevent abuse relies on the mechanical properties of the pharmaceutical dosage forms, particularly an increased breaking strength (resistance to crushing).
  • the major advantage of such pharmaceutical dosage forms is that comminuting, particularly pulverization, by conventional means, such as grinding in a mortar or fracturing by means of a hammer, is impossible or at least substantially impeded.
  • the pulverization, necessary for abuse, of the pharmaceutical dosage forms by the means usually available to a potential abuser is prevented or at least complicated.
  • Such pharmaceutical dosage forms are useful for avoiding drug abuse of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein, as they may not be powdered by conventional means and thus, cannot be administered in powdered form, e.g. nasally.
  • tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage forms it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, WO 2006/082099, and WO2009/092601.
  • Controlled or modified release formulations typically contain a higher amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient relative to its immediate release counterpart. If the controlled release portion of the formulation is easily defeated, the end result is a potential increase in exposure to the active drug and possible safety concerns.
  • intentional tampering e.g. dissolving a controlled release pharmaceutical dosage form in ethanol to extract the drug
  • a reduction in the dissolution of the modified release fractions of such formulations, in ethanol may be of benefit.
  • WO 2009/051819 A1 disclose implants for delivery of therapeutic agents such as opioids, and the manufacture and uses of such implants.
  • WO 03/070191 A1 discloses a transdermal-delivery device which is said to be tamper-resistant and comprises an opioid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an acyl opiod antagonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer and a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action
  • EVA ethylene-vinyl acetate
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form exhibits tamper resistance, especially in terms of resistance against solvent extraction of the pharmacologically active ingredient, resistance against grinding of the pharmaceutical dosage form, respectively, and resistance against dose-dumping of the pharmacologically active ingredient in aqueous ethanol.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph depicting the results of the sieving analysis referred to in Example 1;
  • FIG. 2 is a graph depicting the results of the sieving analysis referred to in Example 2;
  • FIG. 3 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments
  • FIG. 4 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments
  • FIG. 5 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments.
  • FIG. 6 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments.
  • a first aspect of the invention relates to a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer, which dosage form provides resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • EVA ethylene-vinyl acetate
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is thermoformed, more preferably hot-melt extruded.
  • Thermoforming preferably means that in the course of the manufacture of the pharmaceutical dosage form the mixture comprising the EVA polymer and the pharmacologically active ingredient is heated to a temperature above ambient temperature, preferably at least 60° C. or at least 80° C., and compressed, preferably at pressures of at least 1 bar or at least 2 bar, more preferably at least 10 bar or at least 30 bar.
  • the compression force may be exerted prior to, during or subsequent to the application of heat.
  • the term “pharmaceutical dosage form” refers to a pharmaceutical entity that is comprised of a pharmacologically active ingredient and which is actually administered to, or taken by, a patient. It may be compressed or molded in its manufacture, and it may be of almost any size, shape, weight, and color.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form is preferably solid or semisolid.
  • Examples of pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, pills, granules, pellets, sachets and effervescent, powders, and the like.
  • the composition is formulated in a capsule.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form comprises a hard or soft gelatin capsule.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic.
  • monolithic preferably means that the pharmaceutical dosage form is formed or composed of material without joints or seams or consists of or constitutes a single unit.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is not monolithic.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is multiparticulate, i.e. comprises a multitude of particles.
  • An advantage of multiparticulate pharmaceutical dosage forms is that the particles may be mixed in different amounts to thereby produce pharmaceutical dosage forms of different strengths.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention can be regarded as a MUPS formulation (multiple unit pellet system).
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains all ingredients in a dense compact unit which in comparison to capsules has a comparatively high density.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably comprise subunits having different morphology and properties, namely drug-containing particles and an outer matrix material, wherein the particles form a discontinuous phase within the outer matrix material.
  • the constituents of the outer matrix material are preferably different from the constituents of the drug-containing particles.
  • the outer matrix material neither contains a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action nor an EVA polymer.
  • the particles typically have mechanical properties that differ from the mechanical properties of the outer matrix material. Preferably, the particles have a higher mechanical strength than the outer matrix material.
  • the particles can preferably be visualized by conventional means such as solid state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, raster electron microscopy, terahertz spectroscopy and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention has preferably a total weight in the range of 0.01 to 1.5 g, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.2 g, still more preferably in the range of 0.1 g to 1.0 g, yet more preferably in the range of 0.2 g to 0.9 g, and most preferably in the range of 0.3 g to 0.8 g.
  • the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 350 ⁇ 300 mg, more preferably 350 ⁇ 250 mg, still more preferably 350 ⁇ 200 mg, yet more preferably 350 ⁇ 150 mg, most preferably 350 ⁇ 100 mg, and in particular 350 ⁇ 50 mg.
  • the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 500 ⁇ 450 mg, more preferably 500 ⁇ 300 mg, still more preferably 500 ⁇ 200 mg, yet more preferably 500 ⁇ 150 mg, most preferably 500 ⁇ 100 mg, and in particular 500 ⁇ 50 mg.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is a round pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • Pharmaceutical dosage forms of this embodiment preferably have a diameter in the range of about 1 mm to about 30 mm, in particular in the range of about 2 mm to about 25 mm, more in particular about 5 mm to about 23 mm, even more in particular about 7 mm to about 13 mm; and a thickness in the range of about 1.0 mm to about 12 mm, in particular in the range of about 2.0 mm to about 10 mm, even more in particular from 3.0 mm to about 9.0 mm, even further in particular from about 4.0 mm to about 8.0 mm.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is an oblong pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • Pharmaceutical dosage forms of this embodiment preferably have a lengthwise extension (longitudinal extension) of about 1 mm to about 30 mm, in particular in the range of about 2 mm to about 25 mm, more in particular about 5 mm to about 23 mm, even more in particular about 7 mm to about 20 mm; a width in the range of about 1 mm to about 30 mm, in particular in the range of about 2 mm to about 25 mm, more in particular about 5 mm to about 23 mm, even more in particular about 7 mm to about 13 mm; and a thickness in the range of about 1.0 mm to about 12 mm, in particular in the range of about 2.0 mm to about 10 mm, even more in particular from 3.0 mm to about 9.0 mm, even further in particular from about 4.0 mm to about 8.0 mm.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention when the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic, it preferably has an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm, more preferably at least 2.5 mm, still more preferably at least 3.0 mm, yet more preferably at least 3.5 mm, even more preferably at least 4.0 mm, most preferably at least 4.5 mm and in particular at least 5.0 mm.
  • the dosage form when the dosage form is monolithic, it has an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm.
  • any direction preferably means in every direction in the three-dimensional space.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention may optionally comprise a coating, e.g. a cosmetic coating.
  • the coating is preferably applied after formation of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the coating may be applied prior to or after the curing process.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry® and Eudragit®.
  • suitable materials include cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, such as methylcellulose (MC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC), poly(meth)-acrylates, such as aminoalkylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers; vinyl polymers, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylacetate; and natural film formers.
  • MC methylcellulose
  • HPMC hydroxypropylmethylcellulose
  • HPC hydroxypropylcellulose
  • HEC hydroxyethylcellulose
  • Na-CMC sodium carboxymethylcellulose
  • poly(meth)-acrylates such as aminoalkylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methyl
  • the coating can be resistant to gastric juices and dissolve as a function of the pH value of the release environment. By means of this coating, it is possible to ensure that the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention passes through the stomach undissolved and the active compound is only released in the intestines.
  • the coating which is resistant to gastric juices preferably dissolves at a pH value of between 5 and 7.5.
  • the coating can also be applied e.g. to improve the aesthetic impression and/or the taste of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and the ease with which they can be swallowed. Coating the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention can also serve other purposes, e.g. improving stability and shelf-life.
  • Suitable coating formulations comprise a film forming polymer such as, for example, polyvinyl alcohol or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g. hypromellose, a plasticizer such as, for example, a glycol, e.g. propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, an opacifier, such as, for example, titanium dioxide, and a film smoothener, such as, for example, talc.
  • Suitable coating solvents are water as well as organic solvents.
  • Coated pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are preferably prepared by first making the cores and subsequently coating said cores using conventional techniques, such as coating in a coating pan.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a prolonged release matrix.
  • the prolonged release matrix in turn preferably comprises the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material and optionally additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the prolonged release matrix does not contain any additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably embedded in the prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is dispersed in the prolonged release matrix.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient embedded therein.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded in a prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer;
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the prolonged release matrix preferably forms the body of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the particles preferably comprise the prolonged release matrix and at least a portion of the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the particles comprise the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention can be regarded as a MUPS formulation which preferably comprises drug-containing particles and an outer matrix material
  • the outer matrix material is not a constituent of the prolonged release matrix and is to be distinguished from the prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • the term “particle” refers to a discrete mass of material that is solid, e.g. at 20° C. or at room temperature or ambient temperature.
  • a particle is solid at 20° C.
  • the particles are monoliths.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer are intimately homogeneously distributed in the particles so that the particles do not contain any segments where either pharmacologically active ingredient is present in the absence of EVA polymer or where EVA polymer is present in the absence of pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, it preferably comprises a multitude i.e. plurality of particles containing pharmacologically active ingredient (drug-containing particles) and may optionally further comprise particles not containing any pharmacologically active ingredient (drug-free particles).
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form preferably comprises at most 10, more preferably at most 9, still more preferably at most 8, yet more preferably at most 7, even more preferably at most 6, most preferably at most 5, and in particular at most 4 or 3 or 2 drug-containing particles.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form preferably comprises at least 2, more preferably at least 4, still more preferably at least 6, yet more preferably at least 8, even more preferably at least 10, most preferably at least 15 and in particular at least 20 or at least 100 or at least 1000 drug-containing particles.
  • the EVA polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain EVA polymer.
  • the prolonged release matrix is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably neither contains prolonged release matrix material nor optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the particles are preferably of macroscopic size, typically the average diameter is within the range of from 100 ⁇ m to 2000 ⁇ m, preferably 200 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, more preferably 300 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, still more preferably 400 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, most preferably 500 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, and in particular 600 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m.
  • the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage form have an average particle size of at least 50 ⁇ m, more preferably at least 100 ⁇ m, still more preferably at least 150 ⁇ m or at least 200 ⁇ m, yet more preferably at least 250 ⁇ m or at least 300 ⁇ m, most preferably at least 400 ⁇ m or at least 500 ⁇ m, and in particular at least 550 nm or at least 600 ⁇ m.
  • the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage form have an average particle size of at least 700 ⁇ m, more preferably at least 800 ⁇ m, most preferably at least 900 ⁇ m and in particular at least 1000 ⁇ m.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention comprise particles as a discontinuous phase, i.e. the particles form a discontinuous phase in an outer matrix material which in turn preferably forms a continuous phase.
  • discontinuous means that not each and every particle is in intimate contact with another particle but that the particles are at least partially separated from one another by the outer matrix material in which the particles are embedded.
  • the particles preferably do not form a single coherent mass within the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention.
  • the content of the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention is at most 95 wt.-%, more preferably at most 90 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 85 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 80 wt.-%, most preferably at most 75 wt.-% and in particular at most 70 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • the content of the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention is at least 10 wt.-%, at least 15 wt.-%, at least 20 wt.-% or at least 25 wt.-%; more preferably at least 30 wt.-%, at least 35 wt.-%, at least 40 wt.-% or at least 45 wt.-%; most preferably at least 50 wt.-%, at least 55 wt.-%, at least 60 wt.-% or at least 65 wt.-%; and in particular at least 70 wt.-%, at least 75 wt.-%, at least 80 wt.-% or at least 85 wt.-%; based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the shape of the particles is not particularly limited.
  • preferred particles present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are generally cylindrical in shape. The diameter of such particles is therefore the diameter of their circular cross section.
  • the cylindrical shape is caused by the extrusion process according to which the diameter of the circular cross section is a function of the extrusion die and the length of the cylinders is a function of the cutting length according to which the extruded strand of material is cut into pieces of preferably more or less predetermined length.
  • the aspect ratio is regarded as an important measure of the spherical shape.
  • the aspect ratio is defined as the ratio of the maximal diameter (d max ) and its orthogonal Feret-diameter.
  • the aspect ratio has values above 1. The smaller the value the more spherical is the particle.
  • the aspect ratio of the particles is at most 1.40, more preferably at most 1.35, still more preferably at most 1.30, yet more preferably at most 1.25, even more preferably at most 1.20, most preferably at most 1.15 and in particular at most 1.10.
  • the aspect ratio of the particles is at least 1.10, more preferably at least 1.15, still more preferably at least 1.20, yet more preferably at least 1.25, even more preferably at least 1.30, most preferably at least 1.35 and in particular at least 1.40.
  • Preferred particles have an average length and average diameter of about 1000 ⁇ m or less.
  • the “length” of particles is the dimension of the particles that is parallel to the direction of extrusion.
  • the “diameter” of particles is the largest dimension that is perpendicular to the direction of extrusion.
  • Particularly preferred particles have an average diameter of less than about 2000 more preferably less than about 1000 or 800 ⁇ m, still more preferably of less than about 650 ⁇ m.
  • Especially preferred particles have an average diameter of less than 700 ⁇ m, particularly less than 600 ⁇ m, still more particularly less than 500 ⁇ m, e.g. less than 400 ⁇ m.
  • Particularly preferred particles have an average diameter in the range of 200-1500 ⁇ m, more preferably 400-800 ⁇ m, still more preferably 450-700 ⁇ m, yet more preferably 500-650 ⁇ m, e.g. about 500-600 ⁇ m.
  • Further preferred particles have an average diameter of between about 300 ⁇ m and about 400 ⁇ m, of between about 400 ⁇ m and 500 ⁇ m, or of between about 500 ⁇ m and 600 ⁇ m, or of between 600 ⁇ m and 700 ⁇ m or of between 700 ⁇ m and 800 ⁇ m.
  • particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention have an average length in the range of 500 to 5000 ⁇ m, more preferably 750 to 4600 ⁇ m, still more preferably 1000 to 4200 ⁇ m, yet more preferably 1250 to 3800 ⁇ m, even more preferably 1500 to 3400 ⁇ m, most preferably 1750 to 3200 ⁇ m and in particular 2000 to 3000 ⁇ m.
  • particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably have an average length of less than about 4000 ⁇ m, more preferably less than about 3000 ⁇ m, still more preferably less than about 2000 ⁇ m, e.g. a length of about 1800 ⁇ m, about 1600 ⁇ m about 1400 ⁇ m, about 1200 ⁇ m or about 1000 ⁇ m.
  • particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention have an average length in the range of 200 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 400 to 800 still more preferably 450 to 700 ⁇ m, yet more preferably 500 to 650 ⁇ m, e.g. about 500 to 600 ⁇ m.
  • particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably have an average length of less than about 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably less than about 800 ⁇ m, still more preferably less than about 650 ⁇ m, e.g. a length of about 800 ⁇ m, about 700 ⁇ m about 600 ⁇ m, about 500 ⁇ m, about 400 ⁇ m or about 300 ⁇ m.
  • Especially preferred particles have an average length of less than 700 ⁇ m, particularly less than 650 ⁇ m, still more particularly less than 550 ⁇ m, e.g. less than 450 ⁇ m.
  • the minimum average length of the particles is determined by the cutting step and may be, e.g. 4.0 mm, 3.0 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.5 mm, 2.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 0.9 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.3 mm or 0.2 mm.
  • the individual drug-containing particles when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, have an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm, more preferably at least 2.2 mm, still more preferably at least 2.5 mm, yet more preferably at least 2.8 mm, even more preferably at least 3.0 mm, most preferably at least 3.2 mm, and in particular at least 3.5 mm or 4.0 mm.
  • the individual drug-containing particles when the dosage form is multiparticulate, have an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm.
  • the size of particles may be determined by any conventional procedure known in the art, e.g. laser light scattering, sieve analysis, light microscopy or image analysis.
  • the plurality of particles that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention has an arithmetic average weight, in the following referred to as “aaw”, wherein at least 70%, more preferably at least 75%, still more preferably at least 80%, yet more preferably at least 85%, most preferably at least 90% and in particular at least 95% of the individual particles contained in said plurality of particles has an individual weight within the range of aaw ⁇ 30%, more preferably aaw ⁇ 25%, still more preferably aaw ⁇ 20%, yet more preferably aaw ⁇ 15%, most preferably aaw ⁇ 10%, and in particular aaw ⁇ 5%.
  • aaw arithmetic average weight
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains a plurality of 100 particles and aaw of said plurality of particles is 1.00 mg, at least 75 individual particles (i.e. 75%) have an individual weight within the range of from 0.70 to 1.30 mg (1.00 mg ⁇ 30%).
  • the particles each have a weight of less than 20 mg, more preferably less than 18 mg, still more preferably less than 16 mg, yet more preferably less than 14 mg, even more preferably less than 12 mg or less than 10 mg, most preferably less than 8 mg, and in particular less than 6 or 4 mg.
  • all individual particles each preferably have a weight of from 1 to 19 mg, more preferably 1.5 to 15 mg, still more preferably 2.0 to 12 mg, yet more preferably 2.2 to 10 mg, even more preferably 2.5 to 8 mg, most preferably 2.8 to 6 mg and in particular 3 to 5 mg.
  • the particles, more preferably the drug-containing particles each have a weight of 20 mg or more.
  • all individual particles preferably each have a weight of at least 30 mg, more preferably at least 40 mg, still more preferably at least 50 mg, most preferably at least 60 mg and in particular at least 100 mg.
  • all individual particles each have a weight of from 20 to 1000 mg, more preferably 30 to 800 mg, still more preferably 40 to 600 mg, yet more preferably 50 to 400 mg, even more preferably 60 to 200 mg, most preferably 70 to 150 mg and in particular 80 to 120 mg.
  • the particles of the pharmaceutical dosage form, more preferably the drug-containing particles of the pharmaceutical dosage form preferably each have an extension in any given direction of at least 2.0 mm or 3.0 mm and have a weight of at least 20 mg.
  • the particles are not film coated.
  • the particles are film coated.
  • the particles according to the invention can optionally be provided, partially or completely, with a conventional coating.
  • the particles are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry® and Eudragit®.
  • Suitable materials include cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, such as methylcellulose (MC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC), ethylcellulose (EC), cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP); poly(meth)acrylates, such as aminoalkylmethacrylate copolymers, ethylacrylate methylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers; vinyl polymers, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl-acetatephthalate, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl alcohol-polyethylene glycol graft copolymers, polyvinylacetate; and natural film formers.
  • MC methylcellulose
  • HPMC hydroxypropyl
  • the coating material may contain excipients such as stabilizers (e.g. surfactants such as macrogol cetostearylether, sodium dodecylsulfate, and the like). Suitable excipients of film coating materials are known to the skilled person.
  • stabilizers e.g. surfactants such as macrogol cetostearylether, sodium dodecylsulfate, and the like.
  • Suitable excipients of film coating materials are known to the skilled person.
  • the coating is water-soluble.
  • the coating can principally be resistant to gastric juices and dissolve as a function of the pH value of the release environment. By means of this coating, it is possible to ensure that the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention passes through the stomach undissolved and the active compound is only released in the intestines.
  • the coating which is resistant to gastric juices preferably dissolves at a pH value of between 5 and 7.5.
  • Corresponding materials and methods for the delayed release of active compounds and for the application of coatings which are resistant to gastric juices are known to the person skilled in the art, for example from “Coated Pharmaceutical dosage forms—Fundamentals, Manufacturing Techniques, Biopharmaceutical Aspects, Test Methods and Raw Materials” by Kurt H. Bauer, K. Lehmann, Hermann P. Osterwald, Rothgang, Gerhart, 1st edition, 1998, Medpharm Scientific Publishers.
  • a particularly preferred coating contains polyvinyl alcohol and optionally, further excipients such as xanthan gum and/or talcum.
  • the particles contain at least a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an EVA polymer, preferably a prolonged release matrix containing the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material and optionally additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the particles further contain additional pharmaceutical excipients such as antioxidants and plasticizers.
  • the particles may be e.g. loosely contained in a capsule, or the particles may be incorporated into an outer matrix material. From a macroscopic perspective, the outer matrix material preferably forms a continuous phase in which the particles are embedded as discontinuous phase.
  • the outer matrix material is preferably a homogenous coherent mass, preferably a homogeneous mixture of solid constituents, in which the particles are embedded thereby spatially separating the particles from one another. While it is possible that the surfaces of particles are in contact or at least in very close proximity with one another, the plurality of particles preferably cannot be regarded as a single continuous coherent mass within the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably comprises the particles as volume element(s) of a first type in which the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer are contained, and the outer matrix material as volume element of a second type differing from the material that forms the particles, preferably containing neither pharmacologically active ingredient nor EVA polymer.
  • the relative weight ratio of particles to outer matrix material is not particularly limited.
  • said relative weight ratio is within the range of 1:1.00 ⁇ 0.75, more preferably 1:1.00 ⁇ 0.50, still more preferably 1:1.00 ⁇ 0.40, yet more preferably 1:1.00 ⁇ 0.30, most preferably 1:1.00 ⁇ 0.20, and in particular 1:1.00 ⁇ 0.10.
  • the content of the outer matrix material is at least 2.5 wt.-%, at least 5 wt.-%, at least 7.5 wt.-% or at least 10 wt.-%; at least 12.5 wt.-%, at least 15 wt.-%, at least 17.5 wt.-% or at least 20 wt.-%; at least 22.5 wt.-%, at least 25 wt.-%, at least 27.5 wt.-% or at least 30 wt.-%; at least 32.5 wt.-%, at least 35 wt.-%, at least 37.5 wt.-% or at least 40 wt.-%; more preferably at least 42.5 wt.-%, at least 45 wt.-%, at least 47.5 wt.-% or at least 50 wt.-%; still more preferably at least 52.5 wt.-%, at least 55 wt.-%, at least 57.5 w
  • the content of the outer matrix material is at most 90 wt.-%, at most 87.5 wt.-%, at most 85 wt.-%, or at most 82.5 wt.-%; more preferably at most 80 wt.-%, at most 77.5 wt.-%, at most 75 wt.-% or at most 72.5 wt.-%; still more preferably at most 70 wt.-%, at most 67.5 wt.-%, at most 65 wt.-% or at most 62.5 wt.-%; yet more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, at most 57.5 wt.-%, at most 55 wt.-% or at most 52.5 wt.-%; most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, at most 47.5 wt.-%, at most 45 wt.-% or at most 42.5 wt.-%; and in particular at most 40 wt.-%, at most 37.5
  • the outer matrix material is a mixture, preferably a homogeneous mixture of at least two different constituents, more preferably of at least three different constituents.
  • all constituents of the outer matrix material are homogeneously distributed in the continuous phase that is formed by the outer matrix material.
  • the outer matrix material is also provided in particulate form, i.e. in the course of the manufacture of the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention, the constituents of the outer matrix material are preferably processed into particles, subsequently mixed with the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer, and then compressed into the pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • the average size of the particles of the outer matrix material is within the range of ⁇ 60%, more preferably ⁇ 50%, still more preferably ⁇ 40%, yet more preferably ⁇ 30%, most preferably ⁇ 20%, and in particular ⁇ 10% of the average size of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer.
  • the particles of the outer matrix material can be manufactured by conventional methods for the preparation of aggregates and agglomerates from powder mixtures such as granulating and compacting.
  • the mixture of all constituents of the outer matrix material is blended and pre-compacted thereby yielding a pre-compacted outer matrix material.
  • the outer matrix material preferably does not contain any pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the outer matrix material comprises a filler or a binder.
  • filler/binder refers to any excipient that is suitable as filler, binder or both.
  • the outer matrix material preferably comprises a filler/binder.
  • fillers are selected from the group consisting of silicium dioxide (e.g. Aerosil®), microcrystalline cellulose (e.g. Avicel®, Elcema®, Emocel®, ExCel®, Vitacell®); cellulose ether (e.g. Natrosol®, Klucel®, Methocel®, Blanose®, Pharmacoat®, Viscontran®); mannitol; dextrines; dextrose; calciumhydrogen phosphate (e.g. Emcompress®); maltodextrine (e.g. Emdex®); lactose (e.g.
  • silicium dioxide e.g. Aerosil®
  • microcrystalline cellulose e.g. Avicel®, Elcema®, Emocel®, ExCel®, Vitacell®
  • cellulose ether e.g. Natrosol®, Klucel®, Methocel®, Blanose®, Pharmacoat®, Viscontran®
  • mannitol dextrines
  • Fast-Flow Lactose® Long-Flow Lactose®; Ludipress®, Pharmaceutical dosage Formtose®, Zeparox®); polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) (e.g. Kollidone®, Polyplasdone®, Polydone®); saccharose (e.g. Nu-Tab®, Sugar Tab®); magnesium salts (e.g. MgCO 3 , MgO, MgSiO 3 ); starches and pretreated starches (e.g. Prejel®, Primotab® ET, Starch® 1500).
  • the outer matrix material comprises a glidant such as silicium dioxide.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 50 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 50 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 65 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 65 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 65 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 65 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 65 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 80 ⁇ 19 wt.-%, more preferably 80 ⁇ 17.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 80 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 80 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 80 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 90 ⁇ 9 wt.-%, more preferably 90 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, still more preferably 90 ⁇ 7 wt.-%, yet more preferably 90 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 90 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, and in particular 90 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 25 ⁇ 24 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 16 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, most preferably 25 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, and in particular 25 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 30 ⁇ 29 wt.-%, more preferably 30 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 30 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 30 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 30 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 35 ⁇ 34 wt.-%, more preferably 35 ⁇ 28 wt.-%, still more preferably 35 ⁇ 22 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 ⁇ 16 wt.-%, most preferably 35 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 35 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 40 ⁇ 39 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 32 wt.-%, still more preferably 40 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40 ⁇ 18 wt.-%, most preferably 40 ⁇ 11 wt.-%, and in particular 40 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the filler/binder is contained in the outer matrix material but not in the drug-containing particles of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • the outer matrix material comprises a diluent or lubricant, preferably selected from the group consisting of calcium stearate; magnesium stearate; glycerol monobehenate (e.g. Compritol®); Myvatex®; Precirol®; Precirol® AtoS; sodium stearylfumarate (e.g. Pruv®); and talcum.
  • a diluent or lubricant preferably selected from the group consisting of calcium stearate; magnesium stearate; glycerol monobehenate (e.g. Compritol®); Myvatex®; Precirol®; Precirol® AtoS; sodium stearylfumarate (e.g. Pruv®); and talcum.
  • Magnesium stearate is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the lubricant in the outer matrix material is at most 10.0 wt.-%, more preferably at most 7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 2.0 wt.-%, even more preferably at most 1.0 wt.-%, and most preferably at most 0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the outer matrix material and based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the outer matrix material comprises a combination of filler/binder and lubricant.
  • the outer matrix material of the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention may additionally contain other excipients that are conventional in the art, e.g. diluents, binders, granulating aids, colorants, flavor additives, glidants, wet-regulating agents and disintegrants.
  • excipients that are conventional in the art, e.g. diluents, binders, granulating aids, colorants, flavor additives, glidants, wet-regulating agents and disintegrants.
  • diluents e.g. diluents, binders, granulating aids, colorants, flavor additives, glidants, wet-regulating agents and disintegrants.
  • the outer matrix material of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention consists of one or more disintegrants, one or more filler/binder's and one or more lubricants, but does not contain any other constituents.
  • the outer matrix material of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention does not contain one or more gel-forming agents and/or a silicone.
  • gel-forming agent is used to refer to a compound that, upon contact with a solvent (e.g. water), absorbs the solvent and swells, thereby forming a viscous or semi-viscous substance.
  • a solvent e.g. water
  • Preferred gel-forming agents are not cross-linked. This substance may moderate pharmacologically active ingredient release from the embedded particles in both aqueous and aqueous alcoholic media.
  • a thick viscous solution or dispersion is typically produced that significantly reduces and/or minimizes the amount of free solvent which can contain an amount of solubilized pharmacologically active ingredient, and which can be drawn into a syringe.
  • the gel that is formed may also reduce the overall amount of pharmacologically active ingredient extractable with the solvent by entrapping the pharmacologically active ingredient within a gel structure.
  • the gel-forming agent may play an important role in conferring tamper-resistance to the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention.
  • Gel-forming agents that preferably are not contained in the outer matrix material include pharmaceutically acceptable polymers, typically hydrophilic polymers, such as hydrogels.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable polymers typically hydrophilic polymers, such as hydrogels.
  • Representative examples of gel-forming agent include polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, carbomers, poly(uronic) acids and mixtures thereof.
  • the overall content of the prolonged release matrix i.e. of the prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material, is within the range of from 5 to 95 wt.-%, more preferably 15 to 90 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 to 88 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 to 86 wt.-%, even more preferably 45 to 84 wt.-%, most preferably 55 to 82 wt.-% and in particular 60 to 80 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the prolonged release matrix is at least 20 wt.-%, more preferably at least 30 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 50 wt.-% and in particular at least 60 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 30 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 30 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 30 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 30 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 35 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 35 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 35 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 35 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 40 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 40 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 40 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 45 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 45 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 45 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 45 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 50 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 55 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 55 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 55 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 55 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 60 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 60 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 60 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 60 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 65 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 65 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 65 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 65 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 70 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 70 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 70 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 70 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 75 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 75 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 75 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 75 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 80 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 80 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 80 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 80 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the relative weight ratio of the prolonged release matrix to the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 15:1 to 1:15, still more preferably 10:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 7:1 to 1:7, most preferably 5:1 to 1:5, and in particular 3:1 to 1:1.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an EVA polymer.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a prolonged release matrix containing the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material in which the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded.
  • the EVA polymer is obtainable by polymerizing a mixture containing ethylene and vinyl acetate. Subsequent to the polymerization reaction, the acetate groups of the vinyl acetate contained in the EVA polymer may optionally be subjected to a partial or complete hydrolyzation yielding hydroxy groups.
  • the EVA polymer comprises repetition units derived from ethylene and vinyl acetate and/or vinyl alcohol.
  • the EVA polymer may comprise repetition units derived from
  • Embodiments (i) and (iii) are particularly preferred.
  • the relative molar content of the ethylene repetition units within the EVA polymer is greater than the relative molar content of the vinyl acetate repetition units and/or the vinyl alcohol repetition units within the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains at least 10 wt.-%, more preferably at least 20 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 30 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 35 wt.-%, most preferably at least 40 wt.-% and in particular at least 45 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains at least 50 wt.-%, more preferably at least 52 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 54 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 55 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 56 wt.-%, most preferably at least 57 wt.-% and in particular at least 58 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains at least 60 wt.-%, more preferably at least 62 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 64 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 66 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 68 wt.-%, most preferably at least 69 wt.-% and in particular at least 70 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains at least 72 wt.-%, more preferably at least 75 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 78 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 80 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 82 wt.-%, most preferably at least 84 wt.-% and in particular at least 86 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains from 30 to 99 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains from 50 to 95 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 30 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 30 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 30 ⁇ 17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30 ⁇ 13 wt.-%, even more preferably 30 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 30 ⁇ 7 wt.-% and in particular 30 ⁇ 5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 40 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, still more preferably 40 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, even more preferably 40 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 40 ⁇ 10 wt.-% and in particular 40 ⁇ 5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 50 ⁇ 45 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, still more preferably 50 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, even more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-% and in particular 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 60 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, more preferably 60 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, still more preferably 60 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 60 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, even more preferably 60 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 60 ⁇ 10 wt.-% and in particular 60 ⁇ 5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 70 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 70 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 70 ⁇ 17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 70 ⁇ 13 wt.-%, even more preferably 70 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 70 ⁇ 7 wt.-% and in particular 70 ⁇ 5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 80 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, more preferably 80 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, still more preferably 80 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, even more preferably 80 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 80 ⁇ 4 wt.-% and in particular 80 ⁇ 2 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 90 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, more preferably 90 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, still more preferably 90 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 90 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, even more preferably 90 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 90 ⁇ 4 wt.-% and in particular 90 ⁇ 2 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer contains 60 ⁇ 5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the molar ratio of the vinyl acetate repetition units to the vinyl alcohol repetition units is within the range of from 1000:1 to 1:1000, more preferably from 900:1 to 1:900, still more preferably from 500:1 to 1:500, yet more preferably from 300:1 to 1:100, even more preferably from 200:1 to 1:10, most preferably from 100:1 to 10:1, and in particular about 100:1.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of at least 1 g/10 min, more preferably at least 2 g/10 min, still more preferably at least 2.5 g/10 min, yet more preferably at least 5 g/10 min, even more preferably at least 10 g/10 min, most preferably at least 20 g/10 min and in particular at least 30 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of at least 40 g/10 min, more preferably at least 42 g/10 min, still more preferably at least 44 g/10 min, yet more preferably at least 46 g/10 min, even more preferably at least 48 g/10 min, most preferably at least 49 g/10 min and in particular at least 50 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of at least 55 g/10 min, more preferably at least 70 g/10 min, still more preferably at least 85 g/10 min, yet more preferably at least 100 g/10 min, even more preferably at least 115 g/10 min, most preferably at least 130 g/10 min and in particular at least 140 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg within the range of from 1 to 160 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 2.5 ⁇ 2 g/10 min, more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 1.5 g/10 min, still more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 1.0 g/10 min, yet more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 0.8 g/10 min, even more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 0.6 g/10 min, most preferably 2.5 ⁇ 0.4 g/10 min and in particular 2.5 ⁇ 0.2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 3 ⁇ 2 g/10 min, more preferably 3 ⁇ 1.5 g/10 min, still more preferably 3 ⁇ 1.0 g/10 min, yet more preferably 3 ⁇ 0.8 g/10 min, even more preferably 3 ⁇ 0.6 g/10 min, most preferably 3 ⁇ 0.4 g/10 min and in particular 3 ⁇ 0.2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 10 ⁇ 16 g/10 min, more preferably 10 ⁇ 14 g/10 min, still more preferably 10 ⁇ 12 g/10 min, yet more preferably 10 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, even more preferably 10 ⁇ 8 g/10 min, most preferably 10 ⁇ 6 g/10 min and in particular 10 ⁇ 4 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 20 ⁇ 15 g/10 min, more preferably 20 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, still more preferably 20 ⁇ 11 g/10 min, yet more preferably 20 ⁇ 9 g/10 min, even more preferably 20 ⁇ 7 g/10 min, most preferably 20 ⁇ 5 g/10 min and in particular 20 ⁇ 4 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 30 ⁇ 25 g/10 min, more preferably 30 ⁇ 20 g/10 min, still more preferably 30 ⁇ 16 g/10 min, yet more preferably 30 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, even more preferably 30 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, most preferably 30 ⁇ 7 g/10 min and in particular 30 ⁇ 5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 40 ⁇ 35 g/10 min, more preferably 40 ⁇ 25 g/10 min, still more preferably 40 ⁇ 15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 40 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, even more preferably 40 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, most preferably 40 ⁇ 7 g/10 min and in particular 40 ⁇ 5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52 ⁇ 20 g/10 min, more preferably 52 ⁇ 16 g/10 min, still more preferably 52 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, yet more preferably 52 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, even more preferably 52 ⁇ 7 g/10 min, most preferably 52 ⁇ 5 g/10 min and in particular 52 ⁇ 2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 60 ⁇ 35 g/10 min, more preferably 60 ⁇ 25 g/10 min, still more preferably 60 ⁇ 15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 60 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, even more preferably 60 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, most preferably 60 ⁇ 7 g/10 min and in particular 60 ⁇ 5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 80 ⁇ 35 g/10 min, more preferably 80 ⁇ 25 g/10 min, still more preferably 80 ⁇ 15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 80 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, even more preferably 80 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, most preferably 80 ⁇ 7 g/10 min and in particular 80 ⁇ 5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 100 ⁇ 35 g/10 min, more preferably 100 ⁇ 25 g/10 min, still more preferably 100 ⁇ 15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 100 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, even more preferably 100 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, most preferably 100 ⁇ 7 g/10 min and in particular 100 ⁇ 5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 125 ⁇ 35 g/10 min, more preferably 125 ⁇ 25 g/10 min, still more preferably 125 ⁇ 15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 125 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, even more preferably 125 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, most preferably 125 ⁇ 7 g/10 min and in particular 125 ⁇ 5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 150 ⁇ 35 g/10 min, more preferably 150 ⁇ 25 g/10 min, still more preferably 150 ⁇ 15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 150 ⁇ 13 g/10 min, even more preferably 150 ⁇ 10 g/10 min, most preferably 150 ⁇ 7 g/10 min and in particular 150 ⁇ 5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52 ⁇ 2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • the EVA polymer may comprise a single EVA polymer having a particular melt flow rate, or a mixture (blend) of different EVA polymers, such as two, three, four or five EVA polymers, e.g., EVA polymers of the same chemical nature but different melt flow rates, EVA polymers of different chemical nature but same melt flow rates, or EVA polymers of different chemical nature as well as different melt flow rates.
  • the EVA polymer comprises a single EVA polymer having a particular melt flow rate.
  • the EVA preferably comprises a single EVA polymer having a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52 ⁇ 2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238 and preferably containing 60 ⁇ 5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • the EVA polymer preferably has a melting point in the range of 40 to 100° C., determined via differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • the EVA polymer has a melting point of 40 ⁇ 10° C., 47 ⁇ 10° C., 52 ⁇ 10° C., 58 ⁇ 10° C., 65 ⁇ 10° C., 70 ⁇ 10° C., 80 ⁇ 10° C., 90 ⁇ 10° C. or 96 ⁇ 10° C., more preferably 40 ⁇ 5° C., 47 ⁇ 5° C., 52 ⁇ 5° C., 58 ⁇ 5° C., 65 ⁇ 5° C., 70 ⁇ 5° C., 80 ⁇ 5° C., 90 ⁇ 5° C. or 96 ⁇ 5° C., determined via differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimetry
  • the EVA polymer preferably has a freezing point in the range of 20 to 80° C., determined via DSC in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • the EVA polymer has a freezing point of 20 ⁇ 10° C., 27 ⁇ 10° C., 30 ⁇ 10° C., 35 ⁇ 10° C., 40 ⁇ 10° C., 49 ⁇ 10° C., 60 ⁇ 10° C., 70 ⁇ 10° C. or 74 ⁇ 10° C., more preferably 20 ⁇ 5° C., 27 ⁇ 5° C., 30 ⁇ 5° C., 35 ⁇ 5° C., 40 ⁇ 5° C., 49 ⁇ 5° C., 60 ⁇ 5° C., 70 ⁇ 5° C. or 74 ⁇ ° C., determined via DSC in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • the EVA polymer has a melting point of 47 ⁇ 5° C. and a freezing point of 27 ⁇ 5° C., both determined via DSC in accordance with ASTM D3418
  • the EVA polymer is homogeneously distributed in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • the EVA polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed in the particles according to the invention that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer are intimately homogeneously distributed in the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively, so that the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively, do not contain any segments where either pharmacologically active ingredient is present in the absence of EVA polymer or where EVA polymer is present in the absence of pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the EVA polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain EVA polymer. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the EVA polymer contained in the core.
  • EVA polymers that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. from Celanese, for example Ateva® 1081, Ateva® 1070, Ateva® 1075A, Ateva® 1221, Ateva® 11231, Ateva® 1241, Ateva® 1615, Ateva® 1641, Ateva® 1608, Ateva® 1609, Ateva® 1811, Ateva® 1813, Ateva® 1820, Ateva® 1821A, Ateva® 1850A, Ateva® 1880A, Ateva® 1941, Ateva® 2005A, Ateva® 2030, Ateva® 2020, Ateva® 2604A, Ateva® 2810A, Ateva® 2861A, Ateva® 9020, Ateva® 2820A, Ateva® 2821A, Ateva® 9021A, Ateva® 2825A, Ateva® 2830A, Ateva® 2842A, Ateva® 2842AC, Ateva® 2850A, Ateva® 9030, Ateva® 3325A, Ateva®
  • Preferred polymers are Elvax® 40W, Elvax® 220W, Elvax® 265, Elvax® 40L-03 and Elvax® 660. For details concerning the properties of these products, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is preferably within the range of from 5.0 to 95 wt.-%, more preferably 7 to 94 wt.-%, still more preferably 9 to 93 wt.-%, yet more preferably 11 to 92 wt.-%, most preferably 13 to 91 wt.-%, and in particular 15 to 90 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • these percent values preferably are related to the total weight of the particles, not to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is within the range of from 20 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 25 to 78 wt.-%, still more preferably 30 to 76 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 to 74 wt.-%, most preferably 40 to 72 wt.-% and in particular 45 to 70 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is at least 2 wt.-%, more preferably at least 5 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 15 wt.-% and in particular at least 20 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is at least 30 wt.-%, more preferably at least 35 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 45 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 50, most preferably at least 55 wt.-% and in particular at least 60 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 20 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, more preferably 20 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, still more preferably 20 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, even more preferably 20 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 20 ⁇ 4 wt.-% and in particular 20 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 30 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 30 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 30 ⁇ 17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30 ⁇ 13 wt.-%, even more preferably 30 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 30 ⁇ 7 wt.-% and in particular 30 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 40 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, still more preferably 40 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, even more preferably 40 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 40 ⁇ 10 wt.-% and in particular 40 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 50 ⁇ 45 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, still more preferably 50 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, even more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-% and in particular 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 55 ⁇ 40 wt.-%, more preferably 55 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, still more preferably 55 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 55 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, even more preferably 55 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 55 ⁇ 10 wt.-% and in particular 55 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 60 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, more preferably 60 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, still more preferably 60 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 60 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, even more preferably 60 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 60 ⁇ 10 wt.-% and in particular 60 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 65 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, more preferably 65 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 65 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, even more preferably 65 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 65 ⁇ 7 wt.-% and in particular 65 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 70 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 70 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 70 ⁇ 17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 70 ⁇ 13 wt.-%, even more preferably 70 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 70 ⁇ 7 wt.-% and in particular 70 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is 80 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, more preferably 80 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, still more preferably 80 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, even more preferably 80 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 80 ⁇ 4 wt.-% and in particular 80 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of the EVA polymer is preferably within the range of from 5 to 100 wt.-%, more preferably 20 to 98 wt.-%, still more preferably 35 to 96 wt.-%, yet more preferably 45 to 95 wt.-%, even more preferably 55 to 94 wt.-%, most preferably 65 to 93 wt.-%, and in particular 75 to 92 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the prolonged release matrix, i.e. total weight of the prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the relative weight ratio of the EVA polymer to the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 15:1 to 1:15, still more preferably 10:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 7:1 to 1:7, most preferably 5:1 to 1:5, and in particular 3:1 to 1:1.
  • the prolonged release matrix in turn comprises an additional prolonged release matrix material besides the prolonged release matrix material, i.e. the EVA polymer.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is to be distinguished from the prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a polymer selected from the group comprising polyalkylene oxides, acrylic polymers, crosslinked acrylic polymers, mixtures of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate, waxy materials, polyalkylene glycols and natural polysaccharides, such as celluloses, cellulose derivatives and xanthan gum.
  • the content of the additional prolonged release matrix material is preferably within the range of from 1 to 90 wt.-%, more preferably 2 to 80 wt.-%, still more preferably 3 to 70 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.5 to 60 wt.-%, even more preferably 4 to 50 wt.-%, most preferably 4.5 to 40 wt.-%, and in particular 5 to 30 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the prolonged release matrix.
  • the content of the additional prolonged release matrix material is at least 2 wt.-%, more preferably at least 5 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 15 wt.-% and in particular at least 20 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is preferably within the range of from 1 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 2 to 45 wt.-%, still more preferably 3 to 35 wt.-%, yet more preferably 4 to 28 wt.-%, even more preferably 5 to 25 wt.-%, most preferably 5 to 22 wt.-%, and in particular 5 to 20 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 5 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, more preferably 5 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, most preferably 5 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, and in particular 5 ⁇ 1 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 7.5 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, more preferably 7.5 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, most preferably 7.5 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, and in particular 7.5 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 10 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, more preferably 10 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 10 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, and in particular 10 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 15 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, more preferably 15 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 15 ⁇ 7 wt.-%, and in particular 15 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 20 ⁇ 16 wt.-%, more preferably 20 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, most preferably 20 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, and in particular 20 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 25 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 25 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 25 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 30 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 30 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 30 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 30 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 35 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 35 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 35 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 35 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 40 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 40 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 40 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 45 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 45 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 45 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 45 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 50 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the relative weight ratio of the additional prolonged release matrix material to the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 10:1 to 1:15, still more preferably 7:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:7, most preferably 1:1 to 1:5, and in particular 1:2 to 1:5.
  • the relative weight ratio of the additional prolonged release matrix material to the prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 10:1 to 1:18, still more preferably 7:1 to 1:16, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:14, most preferably 1:1 to 1:12, and in particular 1:5 to 1:10.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a prolonged release matrix which in turn comprises
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a polyalkylene oxide, preferably a polyethylene oxide, particularly preferably having a weight average molecular weight of at least 500,000 g/mol.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises a polyalkylene oxide, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the polyalkylene oxide is preferably homogeneously distributed within the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain polyalkylene oxide. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the polyalkylene oxide contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles.
  • the polyalkylene oxide is selected from polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, or copolymers or mixtures thereof.
  • the polyalkylene oxide has a weight average molecular weight (M W ), preferably also a viscosity average molecular weight (M ⁇ ) of more than 200,000 g/mol or at least 500,000 g/mol, preferably at least 1,000,000 g/mol or at least 2,500,000 g/mol, more preferably in the range of about 1,000,000 g/mol to about 15,000,000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of about 5,000,000 g/mol to about 10,000,000 g/mol.
  • M W weight average molecular weight
  • M ⁇ viscosity average molecular weight
  • the molecular weight dispersity M W /M ⁇ of the polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 2.5 ⁇ 2.0, more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 1.5, still more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 1.0, yet more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 0.8, most preferably 2.5 ⁇ 0.6, and in particular 2.5 ⁇ 0.4.
  • the polyalkylene oxide preferably has a viscosity at 25° C. of 30 to 17,600 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 55 to 17,600 mPa ⁇ s, still more preferably 600 to 17,600 mPa ⁇ s, yet more preferably 4,500 to 17,600 mPa ⁇ s, even more preferably 4,500 to 12,000 mPa ⁇ s, most preferably 5,000 to 10,500 mPa ⁇ s and in particular 5,500 to 7,500 mPa ⁇ s or 7,500 to 10,000 mPa ⁇ s, measured in a 1 wt.-% aqueous solution.
  • the polyalkylene oxide may comprise a single polyalkylene oxide having a particular average molecular weight, or a mixture (blend) of different polymers, such as two, three, four or five polymers, e.g., polymers of the same chemical nature but different average molecular weight, polymers of different chemical nature but same average molecular weight, or polymers of different chemical nature as well as different molecular weight.
  • a polyalkylene glycol has a molecular weight of up to 20,000 g/mol whereas a polyalkylene oxide has a molecular weight of more than 20,000 g/mol.
  • the weight average over all molecular weights of all polyalkylene oxides that are contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form is more than 200,000 g/mol.
  • polyalkylene glycols, if any, are preferably not taken into consideration when determining the weight average molecular weight of polyalkylene oxide.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a polyalkylene oxide, more preferably a polyethylene oxide, having a weight average molecular weight (M W ), preferably also a viscosity average molecular weight (M ⁇ ) in the range of about 5,000,000 g/mol to about 10,000,000 g/mol.
  • M W weight average molecular weight
  • M ⁇ viscosity average molecular weight
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is preferably within the range of from 1 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 3 to 45 wt.-%, still more preferably 5 to 35 wt.-%, yet more preferably 7 to 28 wt.-%, even more preferably 8 to 25 wt.-%, most preferably 9 to 22 wt.-%, and in particular 10 to 20 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 15 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, more preferably 15 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 15 ⁇ 7 wt.-%, and in particular 15 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises a mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the particles When the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles is/are film coated, the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is preferably homogeneously distributed within the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain any mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles.
  • the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate contains 10 to 30 wt.-% polyvinyl pyrrolidone and 70 to 90 wt.-% of polyvinyl acetate, more preferably 18 to 21 wt.-% polyvinyl pyrrolidone and 75 to 85 wt.-% of polyvinyl acetate and most preferably 19 wt.-% polyvinyl pyrrolidone and 80 wt.-% of polyvinyl acetate.
  • the weight ratio between polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl pyrrolidone preferably is in the range from 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 16:1 to 1:10, still more preferably 13:1 to 1:5, yet more preferably 10:1 to 1:2, even more preferably 7:1 to 1:1, most preferably 5:1 to 2:1 and in particular 4.5:1 to 3.5:1.
  • the polyvinyl acetate has a weight average molecular weight (M W ) of 450,000 ⁇ 100,000 g/mol, more preferably 450,000 ⁇ 80,000 g/mol, still more preferably 450,000 ⁇ 50,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 450,000 ⁇ 10,000 g/mol, even more preferably 450,000 ⁇ 1,000 g/mol, most preferably 450,000 ⁇ 500 g/mol and in particular 450,000 ⁇ 100 g/mol.
  • M W can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the polyvinyl pyrrolidone has a weight average molecular weight (M W ) of 50,000 ⁇ 10,000 g/mol, more preferably 50,000 ⁇ 8,000 g/mol, still more preferably 50,000 ⁇ 5,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 50,000 ⁇ 1,000 g/mol, even more preferably 50,000 ⁇ 800 g/mol, most preferably 50,000 ⁇ 500 g/mol and in particular 50,000 ⁇ 100 g/mol.
  • M W weight average molecular weight
  • the weight average molecular weight (M W ) of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate can be expressed as K-value according to the method described in the USP and Ph. Eur. monographs “Povidone”, measured in a 1% solution in tetrahydrofurane, wherein the K-value preferably is in the range of from 40 to 80, more preferably 45 to 78, still more preferably 50 to 75, most preferably 55 to 70 and in particular 60 to 65.
  • the glass transition temperature (T g ) of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is in the range of 35 ⁇ 10° C., more preferably 35 ⁇ 6° C. and most preferably 35 ⁇ 3° C.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate, wherein said mixture has a K-value in the range of from 60 to 65, measured in a 1% solution in tetrahydrofurane according to the method described in the USP and Ph. Eur. monographs “Povidone” and/or wherein the weight ratio between polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl pyrrolidone is in the range of 4.5:1 to 3.5:1.
  • the overall content of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is preferably within the range of from 1.0 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 2.0 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 3.0 to 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.5 to 30 wt.-%, even more preferably 4.0 to 25 wt.-%, most preferably 4.5 to 20 wt.-%, and in particular 5 to 15 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the overall content of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is within the range of 10 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, more preferably 10 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 10 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, and in particular 10 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is an acrylic polymer.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises an acrylic polymer, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the acrylic polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed within the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain acrylic polymer. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the acrylic polymer contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles.
  • the acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight within the range of from 100,000 g/mol to 2,000,000 g/mol.
  • the acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight (M W ) or viscosity average molecular weight (M ⁇ ) of at least 150,000 or at least 200,000 g/mol, preferably at least 250,000 g/mol or at least 300,000 g/mol, more preferably in the range of about 300,000 g/mol to about 2,000,000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of about 300,000 g/mol to about 1,000,000 g/mol.
  • M W and M ⁇ are known to a person skilled in the art.
  • M ⁇ is preferably determined by rheological measurements
  • M W can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the acrylic polymer can be a nonionic acrylic polymer or an ionic acrylic polymer.
  • nonionic polymer refers to a polymer not containing more than 1 mole.-% ionic, i.e. anionic or cationic, monomer units, preferably containing no ionic monomer units at all.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is an ionic acrylic polymer.
  • Preferred ionic acrylic polymers are anionic acrylic polymers.
  • Preferred anionic acrylic polymers include but are not limited to homopolymers or copolymers of one or two different C 1-4 -alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers and copolymerizable anionic monomers such as acrylic acid.
  • (meth)acryl refers to acryl as well as methacryl.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is an anionic acrylic polymer, preferably polyacrylic acid.
  • the polyacrylic acid preferably has a viscosity within the range of 2,000 to 20,000 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 3,000 to 18,000 mPa ⁇ s, still more preferably 3,500 to 16,000 mPa ⁇ s, yet more preferably 3,600 to 14,000 mPa ⁇ s, even more preferably 3,700 to 13,000 mPa ⁇ s, most preferably 3,800 to 12,000, and in particular 4,000 to 11,000 mPa ⁇ s, measured with a Brookfield RVT, 20 rpm, spindle no. 5 at 25° C. and 0.5 wt.-% neutralized to pH 7.3-7.8.
  • the acrylic polymer preferably the anionic acrylic polymer, more preferably the polyacrylic acid polymer can optionally be crosslinked.
  • Preferred crosslinking agents include allyl pentaerythritol, allyl sucrose, ethylene glycol di(methacrylate), methylenebisacrylamide and divinyl benzene.
  • the anionic acrylic polymer is a polyacrylic acid polymer which is crosslinked, preferably with ally pentaerythritol, and has a viscosity of 4,000 to 11,000 mPa ⁇ s, measured with a Brookfield RVT, 20 rpm, spindle no. 5 at 25° C. and 0.5 wt.-% neutralized to pH 7.3-7.8.
  • the overall content of anionic acrylic polymer, preferably polyacrylic acid, more preferably crosslinked polyacrylic acid is within the range of from 1.0 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 2.0 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 3.0 to 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.5 to 30 wt.-%, even more preferably 4.0 to 20 wt.-%, most preferably 4.5 to 15 wt.-%, and in particular 5.0 to 12 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Polyacrylic acid polymers that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. from Lubrizol, such as Carbopol® 71G, Carbopol® 971P, Carbopol® 981 and Carbopol® 941.
  • Lubrizol such as Carbopol® 71G, Carbopol® 971P, Carbopol® 981 and Carbopol® 941.
  • anionic acrylic polymers are ternary copolymers of methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid.
  • the anionic acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight within the range of 280,000 ⁇ 250,000 g/mol, more preferably 280,000 ⁇ 200,000 g/mol, still more preferably 280,000 ⁇ 180,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 280,000 ⁇ 160,000 g/mol, even more preferably 280,000 ⁇ 140,000 g/mol, most preferably 280,000 ⁇ 120,000 g/mol, and in particular 280,000 ⁇ 100,000 g/mol.
  • ionic acrylic polymers are cationic acrylic polymers.
  • Preferred cationic acrylic polymers include but are not limited to copolymers of one or two different C 1-4 -alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers and copolymerizable cationic monomers such as trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate chloride.
  • Preferred representatives are ternary copolymers of ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate and a low content of methacrylic acid ester with quaternary ammonium groups, preferably trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate chloride.
  • the cationic acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight within the range of 32,000 ⁇ 30,000 g/mol, more preferably 32,000 ⁇ 27,000 g/mol, still more preferably 32,000 ⁇ 23,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 32,000 ⁇ 20,000 g/mol, even more preferably 32,000 ⁇ 17,000 g/mol, most preferably 32,000 ⁇ 13,000 g/mol, and in particular 32,000 ⁇ 10,000 g/mol.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a nonionic acrylic polymer.
  • Nonionic acrylic polymers that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. from Evonik.
  • Eudragit® NE30D, Eudragit® NE40D and Eudragit® NM30D which are provided as aqueous dispersions of poly(ethyl acrylate-co-methyl methacrylate) 2:1, may be used in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • Eudragit® NE30D, Eudragit® NE40D and Eudragit® NM30D which are provided as aqueous dispersions of poly(ethyl acrylate-co-methyl methacrylate) 2:1, may be used in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a waxy material.
  • the waxy material is selected from the group consisting of
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises a waxy material, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • a “waxy material” refers to a material which melts into liquid form having low viscosity upon heating and sets again to a solid state upon cooling.
  • the waxy material has a melting point of at least 30° C., more preferably at least 35° C., still more preferably at least 40° C., yet more preferably at least 45° C., even more preferably at least 50° C., most preferably at least 55° C., and in particular at least 60° C.
  • the waxy material is or comprises a monoglyceride, diglyceride, triglyceride or a mixture thereof, it is preferably a mono-, di- or triester of glycerol and carboxylic acids, whereas the carboxylic acid is preferably selected from the group consisting of fatty acids, hydroxy fatty acids and aromatic acids.
  • Preferred glycerides of fatty acids include monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides, and mixtures thereof; preferably of C 6 to C 22 fatty acids.
  • Preferred are partial glycerides of the C 16 to C 22 fatty acids such as glycerol behenat, glycerol palmitostearate, glycerol monostearate, glycerol trimyristate and glycerol distearate.
  • fatty acid is well acknowledged in the art and includes for example unsaturated representatives such as myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, vaccenic acid, linoleic acid, linoelaidic acid, ⁇ -linolenic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, and docosahexaenoic acid; as well as saturated representatives such as caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, and cerotic acid.
  • unsaturated representatives such as myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, vaccenic acid, linoleic acid, linoelaidic acid, ⁇ -linolenic acid
  • hydroxy fatty acid is also well acknowledged in the art and includes for example 2-hydroxyhexanoic acid, 2-hydroxyoctanoic acid, 2-hydroxydecanoic acid, 2-hydroxy-dodecanoic acid, ⁇ -hydroxylauric acid, 2-hydroxytetradecanoic acid, ⁇ -hydroxymyristic acid, 15-hydroxypentadecanoic acid, 16-hydroxyhexadecanoic acid, ⁇ -hydroxypalmitic acid, 12-hydroxyoctadecanoic acid, ⁇ -hydroxystearic acid, and ⁇ -hydroxyarachidic acid.
  • the fatty acids and the hydroxy fatty acids are preferably saturated.
  • the waxy material is or comprises a diglyceride or a triglyceride
  • the fatty acids, hydroxy fatty acids and aromatic acids, respectively may be identical or different.
  • the waxy material is preferably a hard fat (adeps solidus) in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • the waxy material is a monoglyceride, diglyceride, triglyceride or a mixture thereof, selected from the group consisting of hydrogenated soybean oil, hydrogenated palm oil, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated cottonseed oil, and mixtures thereof.
  • the waxy material is or comprises an ester of a fatty acid with a fatty alcohol
  • the fatty acid is preferably a saturated fatty acid.
  • Preferred examples of fatty acids are already mentioned above in connection with the glycerides.
  • the fatty alcohol is preferably derived from a fatty acid and preferably also saturated.
  • esters of fatty acids with fatty alcohols include but are not limited to natural waxes such as beeswax, carnaubawax, cetyl palmitate, oleyl oleate, spermaceti (cetaceum), candelilla wax, ouricury wax, sugarcane wax, and retamo wax.
  • natural waxes such as beeswax, carnaubawax, cetyl palmitate, oleyl oleate, spermaceti (cetaceum), candelilla wax, ouricury wax, sugarcane wax, and retamo wax.
  • the paraffin is preferably a hard paraffin (paraffinum solidum, ceresin, zeresin) in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • the waxy material may comprise a single waxy material, or a mixture (blend) of different waxy materials, such as two, three, four or five waxy materials, each of which preferably being selected from the group consisting of glycerides, especially monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides; esters of fatty acids with fatty alcohols; and paraffins.
  • glycerides especially monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides
  • esters of fatty acids with fatty alcohols and paraffins.
  • Waxy materials that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. Cera alba, Cera flava, KolliwaxTM HCO, Dynasan 118, Compritol® 888 ATO, Precirol® ATO 5, Gelucire® 44/14. For details concerning the properties of these products, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • Preferred polyalkylene glycols include but are not limited to polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and the copolymers and mixtures thereof.
  • a polyalkylene glycol has a molecular weight of up to 20,000 g/mol whereas a polyalkylene oxide has a molecular weight of more than 20,000 g/mol.
  • the polyalkylene glycol has a weight average molecular weight (M W ) or viscosity average molecular weight (M ⁇ ) in the range of about 1,000 g/mol to about 18000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of about 5,000 g/mol to about 8,000 g/mol.
  • M W weight average molecular weight
  • M ⁇ viscosity average molecular weight
  • Suitable methods to determine M W and M ⁇ are known to a person skilled in the art.
  • M ⁇ is preferably determined by rheological measurements, whereas M W can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Preferred celluloses and cellulose derivatives include but are not limited to microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose esters and cellulose ethers.
  • Preferred cellulose ethers include nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, propylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose; as well as ionic cellulose ethers, i.e. cationic cellulose ethers or anionic cellulose ethers such as carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • ethylcellulose and propylcellulose are preferably only contained in comparatively low amounts (preferably at most 1.0 wt.-%) or not contained at all in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • Preferred xanthan gums include but are not limited to Grindsted® Xanthan 80 Pharma available from Danisco and CEROGA Xanthan Gum Type 602 available from Roeper.
  • Suitable xanthan gums which are commercially available include XANTURAL® 75, XANTURAL® 180 and XANTURAL® 11K from CP Kelco; VANZAN® NF, VANZAN® NF-F, VANZAN® NF-C from Vanderbilt Minerals; Haixan® PM80, Haixan® PM200, Haixan® PM40 from Zibo Hailan Chemical Co.; Xanthan Gum Pharmaceutical Grade PHARM200 from ICD Biochemistry Co. and Xanthan Gum from Jungbunzlauer.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material may comprise one or more polymers, preferably selected from the group consisting of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, poly(alk)acrylate, poly(hydroxy fatty acids), such as for example poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) (Biopol®), poly(hydroxyvaleric acid), polycaprolactone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyesteramide, polyethylene succinate, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyurethane, polyamide, polylactide, polyacetal (for example polysaccharides optionally with modified side chains), polylactide/glycolide, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyorthoester, polyanhydride, block polymers of polyethylene glycol and polybutylene terephthalate (Polyactive®), polyanhydride (Polifeprosan), copolymers thereof, block-copolymers thereof, block-cop
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient may contain additional pharmaceutical excipients conventionally contained in pharmaceutical dosage forms in conventional amounts, such as antioxidants, preservatives, lubricants, plasticizer, fillers, binders, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient do not contain a disintegrant.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient preferably do not contain sodium starch glycolate.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient further comprise an antioxidant.
  • Suitable antioxidants include ascorbic acid, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), salts of ascorbic acid, monothioglycerol, phosphorous acid, vitamin C, vitamin E and the derivatives thereof, coniferyl benzoate, nordihydroguaj aretic acid, gallus acid esters, sodium bisulfite, particularly preferably butylhydroxytoluene or butylhydroxyanisole and ⁇ -tocopherol.
  • the antioxidant is preferably present in quantities of 0.01 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, more preferably of 0.03 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, most preferably of 0.05 wt.-% to 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient further comprise an acid, preferably citric acid.
  • the amount of acid is preferably in the range of 0.01 wt.-% to about 20 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.02 wt.-% to about 10 wt.-%, and still more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to about 5 wt.-%, and most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to about 1.0 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient contain at least one lubricant. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient contain no lubricant.
  • Especially preferred lubricants are selected from
  • the amount of the lubricant ranges from 0.01 wt.-% to about 10 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to about 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to about 5 wt.-%, and in particular in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to about 1 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient further comprise a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer improves the processability of the prolonged release matrix material and additional prolonged release matrix material, respectively.
  • a preferred plasticizer is polyalkylene glycol, like polyethylene glycol, triacetin, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, waxes and/or microcrystalline waxes.
  • Particularly preferred plasticizers are polyethylene glycols, such as PEG 6000.
  • the content of the plasticizer is within the range of from 0.5 to 30 wt.-%, more preferably 1.0 to 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 2.5 wt.-% to 22.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 5.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, most preferably 6 to 20 wt.-% and in particular 7 wt.-% to 17.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • Plasticizers can sometimes act as a lubricant, and lubricants can sometimes act as a plasticizer.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains no substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx, i.e. substances which, when administered via the nasal passages and/or pharynx, bring about a physical reaction which is either so unpleasant for the patient that he/she does not wish to or cannot continue administration, for example burning, or physiologically counteracts taking of the corresponding active compound, for example due to increased nasal secretion or sneezing.
  • substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx are those which cause burning, itching, urge to sneeze, increased formation of secretions or a combination of at least two of these stimuli.
  • Corresponding substances and the quantities thereof which are conventionally to be used are known to the person skilled in the art. Some of the substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx are accordingly based on one or more constituents or one or more plant parts of a hot substance drug.
  • Corresponding hot substance drugs are known per se to the person skilled in the art and are described, for example, in “Pharmazeutician Biologie—Drogen and emp warsstoffe” by Prof. Dr. Hildebert Wagner, 2nd., revised edition, Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart-New York, 1982, pages 82 et seq. The corresponding description is hereby introduced as a reference and is deemed to be part of the disclosure.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention furthermore preferably contains no antagonists for the pharmacologically active ingredient, preferably no antagonists against psychotropic substances, in particular no antagonists against opioids.
  • Antagonists suitable for a given pharmacologically active ingredient are known to the person skilled in the art and may be present as such or in the form of corresponding derivatives, in particular esters or ethers, or in each case in the form of corresponding physiologically acceptable compounds, in particular in the form of the salts or solvates thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably contains no antagonists selected from among the group comprising naloxone, naltrexone, nalmefene, nalide, nalmexone, nalorphine or naluphine, in each case optionally in the form of a corresponding physiologically acceptable compound, in particular in the form of a base, a salt or solvate; and no neuroleptics, for example a compound selected from among the group comprising haloperidol, promethacine, fluphenazine, perphenazine, levomepromazine, thioridazine, perazine, chlorpromazine, chlorprothixine, zuclopenthixol, flupentixol, prothipendyl, zotepine, benperidol, pipamperone, melperone and bromperidol.
  • no antagonists selected from among the group comprising naloxone, naltre
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention furthermore preferably contains no emetic.
  • Emetics are known to the person skilled in the art and may be present as such or in the form of corresponding derivatives, in particular esters or ethers, or in each case in the form of corresponding physiologically acceptable compounds, in particular in the form of the salts or solvates thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably contains no emetic based on one or more constituents of ipecacuanha (ipecac) root, for example based on the constituent emetine, as are, for example, described in “Pharmazeutician Biologie—Drogen and Hä Kunststoffsstoffe” by Prof. Dr. Hildebert Wagner, 2nd, revised edition, Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, New York, 1982. The corresponding literature description is hereby introduced as a reference and is deemed to be part of the disclosure.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably also contains no apomorphine as an emetic.
  • bitter substances and the quantities effective for use may be found in US-2003/0064099 A1, the corresponding disclosure of which should be deemed to be the disclosure of the present application and is hereby introduced as a reference.
  • bitter substances are aromatic oils, such as peppermint oil, eucalyptus oil, bitter almond oil, menthol, fruit aroma substances, aroma substances from lemons, oranges, limes, grapefruit or mixtures thereof, and/or denatonium benzoate.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention accordingly preferably contains neither substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx, nor antagonists for the pharmacologically active ingredient, nor emetics, nor bitter substances.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded in a prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer, wherein the prolonged release matrix provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Prolonged release preferably means a product in which the rate of release of active compound from the formulation after administration has been reduced over time, in order to maintain therapeutic activity, to reduce toxic effects, or for some other therapeutic purpose such as reducing the dosing frequency.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention has released after 30 minutes 0.1 to 75%, after 240 minutes 0.5 to 95%, after 480 minutes 1.0 to 100% and after 720 minutes 2.5 to 100% of the pharmacologically active ingredient (A).
  • Further preferred release profiles R 1 to R 8 are summarized in the table here below [all data in wt.-% of released pharmacologically active ingredient]:
  • the release profile is measured under the following conditions: Paddle apparatus equipped without sinker, 50 rpm, 37 ⁇ 5° C., 900 mL simulated intestinal fluid pH 6.8 (phosphate buffer) or pH 4.5.
  • the rotational speed of the paddle is increased to 75 rpm.
  • the release profile, the pharmacologically active ingredient, the EVA polymer, the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present pharmaceutical excipients of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention are stable upon storage, preferably upon storage at elevated temperature, e.g. 40° C., for 3 months in sealed containers.
  • the term “stable” preferably means that when comparing the initial release profile with the release profile after storage, at any given time point the release profiles deviate from one another by not more than 20%, more preferably not more than 15%, still more preferably not more than 10%, yet more preferably not more than 7.5%, most preferably not more than 5.0% and in particular not more than 2.5%.
  • the term “stable” preferably means that the pharmaceutical dosage forms satisfy the requirements of EMEA concerning shelf-life of pharmaceutical products.
  • the additional prolonged release matrix material exerts an influence on the release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient, an EVA polymer and an additional prolonged release matrix material preferably exhibits an increased release rate of the pharmacologically active ingredient than a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the same types and amounts of the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer but not containing any additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration once daily. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration twice daily. In still another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration thrice daily. In yet another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration more frequently than thrice daily, for example 4 times daily, 5 times daily, 6 times daily, 7 times daily or 8 times daily.
  • “twice daily” means equal or nearly equal time intervals, i.e., about every 12 hours, or different time intervals, e.g., 8 and 16 hours or 10 and 14 hours, between the individual administrations.
  • thrice daily means equal or nearly equal time intervals, i.e., about every 8 hours, or different time intervals, e.g., 6, 6 and 12 hours; or 7, 7 and 10 hours, between the individual administrations.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention provides tamper resistance in terms of resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • the prolonged release matrix of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention not only provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient, but additionally provides tamper resistance, i.e. resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • tamper resistance i.e. resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • the term “tamper resistant” refers to pharmaceutical dosage forms that are resistant to conversion into a form suitable for misuse or abuse by conventional means, particular for nasal and/or intravenous administration.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, as such it may be crushable by conventional means such as grinding in a mortar or crushing by means of a hammer.
  • the particles which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient exhibit mechanical properties such that they cannot be pulverized by conventional means any further. As the particles are of macroscopic size and contain the pharmacologically active ingredient, they cannot be administered nasally thereby rendering the pharmaceutical dosage form tamper resistant.
  • the particles tend to adhere to one another thereby forming aggregates and agglomerates, respectively, which are larger in size than the untreated particles.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention exhibits resistance against solvent extraction.
  • the prolonged release matrix provides the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention with resistance against solvent extraction.
  • the liquid part of the formulation that can be separated from the remainder by means of a syringe at room temperature is as less as possible, preferably it contains not more than 75 or 45 or 40 wt.-%, more preferably not more than 35 wt.-%, still more preferably not more than 30 wt.-%, yet more preferably not more than 25 wt.-%, even more preferably not more than 20 wt.-%, most preferably not more than 15 wt.-% and in particular not more than 10 wt.-% of the originally contained pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • this property is tested by (i) dispensing a pharmaceutical dosage form that is either intact or has been manually comminuted by means of two spoons in 5 ml of solvent, either purified water or aqueous ethanol (40 vol. %), (ii) allowing the dispersion to stand for 10 min at room temperature, (iii) drawing up the hot liquid into a syringe (needle 21G equipped with a cigarette filter), and (iv) determining the amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained in the liquid within the syringe.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention exhibits resistance against grinding.
  • the prolonged release matrix provides the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention with resistance against grinding.
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention when a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is treated with a commercial coffee mill, preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 minutes, 42 ⁇ 17.5 wt.-%, more preferably 42 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, still more preferably 42 ⁇ 12.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 42 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, even more preferably 42 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 42 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, and in particular 42 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, of the total weight of the thus obtained material does not pass a sieve having a mesh size of 1.000 mm.
  • a commercial coffee mill preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 minutes, 42 ⁇ 17.5 wt.-%, more preferably 42 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, still more preferably 42 ⁇ 12.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 42 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, even more preferably 42 ⁇ 7.5
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention when a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is treated with a commercial coffee mill, preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13, for 2 minutes, 57 ⁇ 17.5 wt.-%, more preferably 57 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, still more preferably 57 ⁇ 12.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 57 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, even more preferably 57 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 57 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, and in particular 57 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, of the total weight of the thus obtained material does not pass a sieve having a mesh size of 1.000 mm.
  • a commercial coffee mill preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention when a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is treated with a commercial coffee mill, preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13, for 2 minutes, at least 50 wt.-%, more preferably at least 55 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 60 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 65 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 70 wt.-%, most preferably at least 75 wt.-%, and in particular at least 80 wt.-%, of the total weight of the thus obtained material does not pass a sieve having a mesh size of 1.000 mm.
  • a commercial coffee mill preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13
  • Particle size distributions of the ground pharmaceutical dosage form are preferably determined by sieve analysis.
  • more than 55%, more preferably more than 60%, still more preferably more than 65%, yet more preferably more than 70%, most preferably 75% and in particular more than 80% of the particles of the ground pharmaceutical dosage form have a size in the range of from 0.2 to 3.3 nm, more preferably of from 0.4 to 3.1 nm, most preferably of from 0.6 to 2.9 and in particular of from 0.7 to 2.8 nm.
  • Preferred particle distributions P 1 to P 4 are summarized in the table below:
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has a breaking strength of at least 300 N or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is multiparticulate, at least a fraction of the individual particles have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
  • the mechanical properties substantially relies on the presence and spatial distribution of the EVA polymer (the prolonged release matrix material), although its mere presence does typically not suffice in order to achieve said properties.
  • the advantageous mechanical properties may not automatically be achieved by simply processing pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA polymer (the prolonged release matrix material), optionally additional prolonged release matrix material, and optionally further excipients by means of conventional methods for the preparation of pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • suitable apparatuses must be selected for the preparation and critical processing parameters must be adjusted, particularly pressure/force, temperature and time.
  • the process protocols usually must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria.
  • the desired properties may be obtained only if, during preparation of the pharmaceutical dosage form,
  • the process protocols must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria. Therefore, the breaking strength is separable from the composition.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient preferably have a breaking strength of at least 300 N, at least 400 N, or at least 500 N, preferably at least 600 N, more preferably at least 700 N, still more preferably at least 800 N, yet more preferably at least 1000 N, most preferably at least 1250 N and in particular at least 1500 N.
  • the breaking strengths of the pharmaceutical dosage form across and lengthwise are each at least 200 N, at least 300 N, at least 400 N, at least 500 N, at least 600 N, at least 700 N, at least 800 N, at least 1000 N or at least 1500 N.
  • the “breaking strength” (resistance to crushing) of a pharmaceutical dosage form and of a particle is known to the skilled person. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., W. A. Ritschel, Die Tablette, 2. Auflage, Editio Cantor Verlag Aulendorf, 2002; H Liebermann et al., Pharmaceutical dosage forms: Pharmaceutical dosage forms, Vol. 2, Informa Healthcare; 2 edition, 1990; and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, Informa Healthcare; 1 edition.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention are distinguished from conventional pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, in that due to their breaking strength, they cannot be pulverized by the application of force with conventional means, such as for example a pestle and mortar, a hammer, a mallet or other usual means for pulverization, in particular devices developed for this purpose (pharmaceutical dosage form crushers).
  • pulverization means crumbling into small particles. Avoidance of pulverization virtually rules out oral or parenteral, in particular intravenous or nasal abuse.
  • the breaking strength of conventional round pharmaceutical dosage forms/particles may be estimated according to the following empirical formula:
  • Breaking Strength [in N] 10 ⁇ Diameter of pharmaceutical dosage form/particle [in mm].
  • a round pharmaceutical dosage form/particle having a breaking strength of at least 300 N would require a diameter of at least 30 mm. Such a particle, however, could not be swallowed, let alone a pharmaceutical dosage form containing a plurality of such particles.
  • the above empirical formula preferably does not apply to the pharmaceutical dosage form and particles, respectively, according to the invention, which are not conventional but rather special.
  • the actual mean chewing force is about 220 N (cf., e.g., P. A. Proeschel et al., J Dent Res, 2002, 81(7), 464-468).
  • the breaking strength can be measured in accordance with the Eur. Ph. 5.0, 2.9.8 or 6.0, 2.09.08 “Resistance to Crushing of Pharmaceutical dosage forms”.
  • the particles may be subjected to the same or similar breaking strength test as the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the test is intended to determine, under defined conditions, the resistance to crushing of pharmaceutical dosage forms and individual particles, respectively, measured by the force needed to disrupt them by crushing.
  • the apparatus consists of 2 jaws facing each other, one of which moves towards the other.
  • the flat surfaces of the jaws are perpendicular to the direction of movement.
  • the crushing surfaces of the jaws are flat and larger than the zone of contact with the pharmaceutical dosage form and individual particle, respectively.
  • the apparatus is calibrated using a system with a precision of 1 Newton.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively is placed between the jaws, taking into account, where applicable, the shape, the break-mark and the inscription; for each measurement the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, is oriented in the same way with respect to the direction of application of the force (and the direction of extension in which the breaking strength is to be measured).
  • the measurement is carried out on 10 pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, taking care that all fragments have been removed before each determination.
  • the result is expressed as the mean, minimum and maximum values of the forces measured, all expressed in Newton.
  • breaking strength breaking force
  • the breaking strength can alternatively be measured in accordance with the method described therein where it is stated that the breaking strength is the force required to cause a pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, to fail (i.e., break) in a specific plane.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively are generally placed between two platens, one of which moves to apply sufficient force to the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, to cause fracture.
  • loading occurs across their diameter (sometimes referred to as diametral loading), and fracture occurs in the plane.
  • the breaking force of pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively is commonly called hardness in the pharmaceutical literature; however, the use of this term is misleading.
  • hardness refers to the resistance of a surface to penetration or indentation by a small probe.
  • crushing strength is also frequently used to describe the resistance of pharmaceutical dosage forms and particle, respectively, to the application of a compressive load. Although this term describes the true nature of the test more accurately than does hardness, it implies that pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, are actually crushed during the test, which is often not the case.
  • the breaking strength can be measured in accordance with WO 2008/107149, which can be regarded as a modification of the method described in the Eur. Ph.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, is regarded as being broken if it is fractured into at least two separate pieces.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention preferably exhibit mechanical strength over a wide temperature range, in addition to the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) optionally also sufficient hardness, impact resistance, impact elasticity, tensile strength and/or modulus of elasticity, optionally also at low temperatures (e.g. below ⁇ 24° C., below ⁇ 40° C. or possibly even in liquid nitrogen), for it to be virtually impossible to pulverize by spontaneous chewing, grinding in a mortar, pounding, etc.
  • breaking strength resistance to crushing
  • sufficient hardness, impact resistance, impact elasticity, tensile strength and/or modulus of elasticity optionally also at low temperatures (e.g. below ⁇ 24° C., below ⁇ 40° C. or possibly even in liquid nitrogen), for it to be virtually impossible to pulverize by spontaneous chewing, grinding in a mortar, pounding, etc.
  • the comparatively high breaking strength of the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention is maintained even at low or very low temperatures, e.g., when the pharmaceutical dosage form is initially chilled to increase its brittleness, for example to temperatures below ⁇ 25° C., below ⁇ 40° C. or even in liquid nitrogen.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention is characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength. This does not mean that it must also exhibit a certain degree of hardness. Hardness and breaking strength are different physical properties. Therefore, the tamper resistance of the pharmaceutical dosage form does not necessarily depend on the hardness of the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively. For instance, due to its breaking strength, impact strength, elasticity modulus and tensile strength, respectively, the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, can preferably be deformed, e.g. plastically, when exerting an external force, for example using a hammer, but cannot be pulverized, i.e., crumbled into a high number of fragments. In other words, the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention are characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength, but not necessarily also by a certain degree of form stability.
  • a pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, that is deformed when being exposed to a force in a particular direction of extension but that does not break is preferably to be regarded as having the desired breaking strength in said direction of extension.
  • Preferred pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles are those having a suitable tensile strength as determined by a test method currently accepted in the art. Further preferred pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, are those having a Young's Modulus as determined by a test method of the art. Still further preferred pharmaceutical dosages form and particles, respectively, are those having an acceptable elongation at break.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention exhibits resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • the prolonged release matrix provides the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention with resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form can be tested in vitro using ethanol/simulated gastric fluid of 0%, 20% and 40% to evaluate alcohol extractability. Testing is preferably performed using standard procedures, e.g. USP Apparatus 1 (basket) or USP Apparatus 2 (paddle) at e.g. 50 rpm or 75 rpm in e.g. 500 ml of media at 37° C., using a Perkin Elmer UV/VIS Spectrometer Lambda 20, UV at an appropriate wavelength for detection of the pharmacologically active ingredient present therein. Sample time points preferably include 0.5 and 1 hour.
  • the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid is preferably not substantially accelerated compared to the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid.
  • substantially means that at any given time point the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) relatively deviates from the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid by not more than +25%, more preferably not more than +20%, still more preferably not more than +15%, yet more preferably not more than +10%, even more preferably not more than +7.5%, most preferably not more than +5.0% and in particular not more than +2.5%.
  • a substantial relative acceleration of the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) compared to the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid is to be prevented according to the invention.
  • a substantial relative deceleration of the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) compared to the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid e.g., a relative deviation by ⁇ 25% or more, may be possible and can even be desirable.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action is not particularly limited.
  • a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action is preferably meant to refer to any pharmacologically active ingredient which crosses the blood-brain barrier and acts primarily upon the central nervous system where it affects brain function, resulting in alterations in perception, mood, consciousness, cognition, and behavior.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form contains only a single pharmacologically active ingredient. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form contains a combination of two or more pharmacologically active ingredients.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a pharmacologically active ingredient having potential for abuse and potential for dose dumping in ethanol.
  • Active ingredients with potential for being abused are known to the person skilled in the art and comprise e.g. tranquillizers, stimulants, barbiturates, narcotics, opioids or opioid derivatives.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of opiates, opioids, stimulants, tranquilizers, other narcotics and anesthetics.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of ethers; halogenated hydrocarbons; pain barbiturates; and barbiturates in combination with other drugs; opioid anesthetics; or any other general anesthetics.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is an opioid or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • opioids are divided into natural opium alkaloids, phenylpiperidine derivatives, diphenylpropylamine derivatives, benzomorphan derivatives, oripavine derivatives, morphinan derivatives and others.
  • opiates, opioids, tranquillizers, anesthetics or other narcotics are substances with a psychotropic action, i.e. have a potential of abuse, and hence are preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively: alfentanil, allobarbital, allylprodine, alphaprodine, alprazolam, amfepramone, amphetamine, amphetaminil, amobarbital, anileridine, apocodeine, axomadol, barbital, bemidone, benzylmorphine, bezitramide, bromazepam, brotizolam, buprenorphine, butobarbital, butorphanol, camazepam, carfentanil, cathine/D-norpseudoephedrine, chlordiazepoxide, clobazam clofedanol, clonazepam, clonitazene,
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of tramadol, tapentadol, faxeladol and axomadol.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of DPI-125, M6G (CE-04-410), ADL-5859, CR-665, NRP290 and sebacoyl dinalbuphine ester.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of oxycodone, oxymorphone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, taramdol, tapentadol, morphine, buprenorphine and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of 1,1-(3-dimethylamino-3-phenylpentamethylene)-6-fluoro-1,3,4,9-tetrahydropyrano[3,4-b]indole, particularly its hemicitrate; 1,1-[3-dimethyl amino-3-(2-thienyl)pentamethylene]-1,3,4,9-tetrahydropyrano[3,4-b]indole, particularly its citrate; and 1,1-[3-dimethylamino-3-(2-thienyl)pentamethylene]-1,3,4,9-tetrahydropyrano[3,4-b]-6-fluoroindole, particularly its hemicitrate.
  • These compounds are known from, e.g., WO 2004/043967, WO 2005/066183.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient may be present in form of a physiologically acceptable salt, e.g. physiologically acceptable acid addition salt.
  • Physiologically acceptable acid addition salts comprise the acid addition salt forms which can conveniently be obtained by treating the base form of the active ingredient with appropriate organic and inorganic acids. Active ingredients containing an acidic proton may be converted into their non-toxic metal or amine addition salt forms by treatment with appropriate organic and inorganic bases.
  • the term addition salt also comprises the hydrates and solvent addition forms which the active ingredients are able to form. Examples of such forms are e.g. hydrates, alcoholates and the like.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient in the pharmaceutical dosage form and in the particles, respectively can be optimized in order to provide the best compromise between tamper-resistance, disintegration time and drug release, drug load, processability (especially pharmaceutical dosage formability) and patient compliance.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is present in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the amount that constitutes a therapeutically effective amount varies according to the active ingredients being used, the condition being treated, the severity of said condition, the patient being treated, and the frequency of administration.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient in the pharmaceutical dosage form is not limited.
  • the dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient which is adapted for administration preferably is in the range of 0.1 mg to 500 mg, more preferably in the range of 1.0 mg to 400 mg, even more preferably in the range of 5.0 mg to 300 mg, and most preferably in the range of 10 mg to 250 mg.
  • the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of from 0.01 to 200 mg, more preferably 0.1 to 190 mg, still more preferably 1.0 to 180 mg, yet more preferably 1.5 to 160 mg, most preferably 2.0 to 100 mg and in particular 2.5 to 80 mg.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 0.01 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 0.1 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 1 to 35 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 5.0 ⁇ 4.5 wt.-%, or 7.5 ⁇ 7.0 wt.-%, or 10 ⁇ 9.0 wt.-%, or 12.5 ⁇ 12.0 wt.-%, or 15 ⁇ 14 wt.-%, or 17.5 ⁇ 17.0 wt.-%, or 20 ⁇ 19 wt.-%, or 22.5 ⁇ 22.0 wt.-%, or 25 ⁇ 24 wt.-%; more preferably 5.0 ⁇ 4.0 wt.-%, or 7.5 ⁇ 6.0 wt.-%, or 10 ⁇ 8.0 wt.-%, or 12.5 ⁇ 12.0 wt.-%, or 15 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, or 17.5 ⁇ 15.0 wt.-%, or 20 ⁇ 19 wt.-%, or 22.5 ⁇ 22.0 wt.-%, or 25 ⁇ 24 wt.-%; still more preferably 5.0 ⁇ 3.5 wt.-%, or
  • the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 20 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, more preferably 20 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, most preferably 20 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, and in particular 20 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 25 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, most preferably 25 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, and in particular 25 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 30 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, more preferably 30 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, still more preferably 30 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, most preferably 30 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, and in particular 30 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 34 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, more preferably 34 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, still more preferably 34 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, most preferably 34 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, and in particular 34 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 40 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, still more preferably 40 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, most preferably 40 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, and in particular 40 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • the skilled person may readily determine an appropriate amount of pharmacologically active ingredient to include in a pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient present in the pharmaceutical dosage form is that sufficient to provide analgesia.
  • the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient administered to a patient in a dose will vary depending on numerous factors including the nature of the pharmacologically active ingredient, the weight of the patient, the severity of the pain, the nature of other therapeutic agents being administered etc.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in an amount of 7.5 ⁇ 5 mg, 10 ⁇ 5 mg, 20 ⁇ 5 mg, 30 ⁇ 5 mg, 40 ⁇ 5 mg, 50 ⁇ 5 mg, 60 ⁇ 5 mg, 70 ⁇ 5 mg, 80 ⁇ 5 mg, 90 ⁇ 5 mg, 100 ⁇ 5 mg, 110 ⁇ 5 mg, 120 ⁇ 5 mg, 130 ⁇ 5, 140 ⁇ 5 mg, 150 ⁇ 5 mg, 160 ⁇ 5 mg, 170 ⁇ 5 mg, 180 ⁇ 5 mg, 190 ⁇ 5 mg, 200 ⁇ 5 mg, 210 ⁇ 5 mg, 220 ⁇ 5 mg, 230 ⁇ 5 mg, 240 ⁇ 5 mg, 250 ⁇ 5 mg, 260 ⁇ 5 mg, 270 ⁇ 5 mg, 280 ⁇ 5 mg, 290 ⁇ 5 mg, or 300 ⁇ 5 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in an amount of 5 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 7.5 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 10 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 15 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 20 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 25 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 30 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 35 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 40 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 45 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 50 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 55 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 60 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 65 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 70 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 75 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 80 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 85 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 90 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 95 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 100 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 105 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 110 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 115 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 120 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 125 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 130 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 135 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 140 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 145 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 150 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 155 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 160 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 165 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 170 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 175 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 180 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 185 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 190 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 195 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 200 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 205 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 210 ⁇ 2.5 mg, 2
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 1 to 80 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 2 to 320 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 40 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 10 to 80 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is tapentadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily or twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 25 to 250 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 2 to 52 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 4 to 104 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is tramadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 300 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is tramadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 10 to 500 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydrocodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydrocodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is morphine, preferably its HCl or H 2 SO 4 salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is morphine, preferably its HCl or H 2 SO 4 salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is buprenorphine, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 1 to 12 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is buprenorphine, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 2 to 12 mg.
  • the particles present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably comprise 3 to 75 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient, more preferably 5 to 70 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient, still more preferably 7.5 to 65 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably at least 5 wt.-%, more preferably at least 10 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 20 wt.-%, most preferably at least 25 wt.-% and in particular at least 30 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably at most 70 wt.-%, more preferably at most 65 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 55 wt.-%, most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 35 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, more preferably 35 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 35 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 35 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 35 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 45 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, more preferably 45 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 45 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 45 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 45 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 45 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 55 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, more preferably 55 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 55 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 55 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 55 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 55 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient that is included in the preparation of the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably has an average particle size of less than 500 microns, still more preferably less than 300 microns, yet more preferably less than 200 or 100 microns. There is no lower limit on the average particle size and it may be, for example, 50 microns.
  • the particle size of pharmacologically active ingredients may be determined by any technique conventional in the art, e.g. laser light scattering, sieve analysis, light microscopy or image analysis. Generally speaking it is preferable that the largest dimension of the pharmacologically active ingredient particle be less than the size of the particles (e.g. less than the smallest dimension of the particles).
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably the particles, comprise an opioid (agonist) as well as an opioid antagonist.
  • opioid antagonist may be present, e.g. naltrexone or naloxone or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Naloxone, including its salts, is particularly preferred.
  • the opioid antagonist may be present within the particles or within the matrix.
  • opioid antagonist may be provided in separate particles to the pharmacologically active ingredients. The preferred composition of such particles is the same as that described for pharmacologically active ingredient-containing particles.
  • the ratio of opioid agonist to opioid antagonist in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention is preferably 1:1 to 3:1 by weight, for example, about 2:1 by weight.
  • neither the particles nor the pharmaceutical dosage form comprise any opioid antagonist.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains more than 20 wt.-%, more preferably more than 30 wt.-%, still more preferably more than 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably more than 50 wt.-%, most preferably more than 60 wt.-%, and in particular more than 70 wt.-% of compounds which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol with respect to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • compounds which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol have a maximum solubility in aqueous ethanol (96%) at room temperature of preferably less than 1000 mg/L, more preferably less than 800 mg/L, even more preferably less than 500 mg/L, most preferably less than 100 mg/L and in particular less than 10 mg/L or less than 1 mg/L.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains more than 50 wt.-%, more preferably more than 60 wt.-%, still more preferably more than 70 wt.-%, yet more preferably more than 80 wt.-%, most preferably more than 90 wt.-%, and in particular more than 95 wt.-% of polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol with respect to the overall amount of polymers contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • Preferred polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol according to the invention are xanthan, guar gum and some types of HPMC.
  • HPMC HPMC
  • the entire pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol and polymers which are soluble in ethanol, wherein the amount of polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol relative to the total amount of polymers contained in the dosage form is 30 to 100 wt.-%, more preferably 50 to 100 wt.-%, still more preferably 60 to 95 wt.-% or 100 wt.-%, yet more preferably 70 to 90 wt.-% or 100 wt.-%, most preferably 80 to 90 wt.-% or 90 to 100 wt.-%, and in particular more than 95 wt.-% or more than 99 wt.-%.
  • compositions of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, of the particles are summarized as embodiments B 1 to B 6 in the table here below:
  • the subjects to which the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention can be administered are not particularly limited.
  • the subjects are animals, more preferably human beings.
  • thermoforming preferably means the forming or molding of a mass after, before or during the application of heat.
  • thermoforming is performed by hot-melt extrusion.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is hot-melt extruded.
  • hot-melt extrusion is performed by means of a twin-screw-extruder.
  • Melt extrusion preferably provides a melt-extruded strand that is preferably cut into monoliths, which are then optionally compressed and formed.
  • compression is achieved by means of a die and a punch, preferably from a monolithic mass obtained by melt extrusion. If obtained via melt extrusion, the compressing step is preferably carried out with a monolithic mass exhibiting ambient temperature, that is, a temperature in the range from 20 to 25° C.
  • the strands obtained by way of extrusion can either be subjected to the compression step as such or can be cut prior to the compression step.
  • This cutting can be performed by usual techniques, for example using rotating knives or compressed air, at elevated temperature, e.g. when the extruded stand is still warm due to hot-melt extrusion, or at ambient temperature, i.e. after the extruded strand has been allowed to cool down.
  • singulation of the extruded strand into extruded monolithic pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively is preferably performed by cutting the extruded strand immediately after it has exited the extrusion die.
  • subsequent singulation of the extruded strand is preferably performed by optionally transporting the still hot extruded strand by means of conveyor belts, allowing it to cool down and to congeal, and subsequently cutting it.
  • the shaping can take place as described in EP-A 240 906 by the extrudate being passed between two counter-rotating calender rolls and being shaped directly to pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively. It is of course also possible to subject the extruded strands to the compression step or to the cutting step when still warm, that is more or less immediately after the extrusion step.
  • the extrusion is preferably carried out by means of a twin-screw extruder.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention may be produced by different processes, the particularly preferred of which are explained in greater detail below.
  • Several suitable processes have already been described in the prior art. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, and WO 2006/082099.
  • the process for the production of the particles according to the invention preferably comprises the following steps:
  • Heat may be supplied directly, e.g. by contact or by means of hot gas such as hot air, or with the assistance of ultrasound; or is indirectly supplied by friction and/or shear. Force may be applied and/or the particles may be shaped for example by direct pharmaceutical dosage forming or with the assistance of a suitable extruder, particularly by means of a screw extruder equipped with one or two screws (single-screw-extruder and twin-screw-extruder, respectively) or by means of a planetary gear extruder.
  • the final shape of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, may either be provided during the hardening of the mixture by applying heat and force (step (c)) or in a subsequent step (step (e)).
  • the mixture of all components is preferably in the plastified state, i.e. preferably, shaping is performed at a temperature at least above the softening point of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively.
  • extrusion at lower temperatures e.g. ambient temperature, is also possible and may be preferred.
  • Shaping can be performed, e.g., by means of a pharmaceutical dosage forming press comprising die and punches of appropriate shape.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a process for the production of a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the steps of
  • the tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form which is produced by said process is according to the tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage forms described above.
  • a particularly preferred process for the manufacture of the particles according to the invention involves hot-melt extrusion.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention are produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder, preferably without there being any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudate.
  • Mixing of the components according to process step a) may also proceed in the extruder.
  • the components may also be mixed in a mixer known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the mixer may, for example, be a roll mixer, shaking mixer, shear mixer or compulsory mixer.
  • The, preferably molten, mixture which has been heated in the extruder at least up to the softening point of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, is extruded from the extruder through a die with at least one bore.
  • the process according to the invention requires the use of suitable extruders, preferably screw extruders. Screw extruders which are equipped with two screws (twin-screw-extruders) are particularly preferred.
  • extrusion is performed in the absence of water, i.e., no water is added. However, traces of water (e.g., caused by atmospheric humidity) may be present.
  • the extruded strand is preferably water-free, which preferably means that the water content of the extruded strand is preferably at most 10 wt.-%, or at most 7.5 wt.-%, or at most 5.0 wt.-%, or at most 4.0 wt.-%, or at most 3.0 wt.-%, or at most 2.0 wt.-%, more preferably at most 1.7 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 1.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 1.3 wt.-%, even more preferably at most 1.0 wt.-%, most preferably at most 0.7 wt.-%, and in particular at most 0.5 wt.-%.
  • the extruder preferably comprises at least two temperature zones, with heating of the mixture at least up to the softening point of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, proceeding in the first zone, which is downstream from a feed zone and optionally mixing zone.
  • the throughput of the mixture is preferably from 1.0 kg to 15 kg/hour. In a preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 0.2 kg/hour to 3.5 kg/hour. In another preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 4 to 15 kg/hour.
  • the die head pressure is within the range of from 0.5 to 200 bar.
  • the die head pressure can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • the die head pressure is within the range of from 20 ⁇ 19 bar, more preferably 20 ⁇ 15 bar, and in particular 20 ⁇ 10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 30 ⁇ 20 bar, more preferably 30 ⁇ 15 bar, and in particular 30 ⁇ 10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 40 ⁇ 20 bar, more preferably 40 ⁇ 15 bar, and in particular 40 ⁇ 10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 50 ⁇ 20 bar, more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 bar, and in particular 50 ⁇ 10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 60 ⁇ 20 bar, more preferably 60 ⁇ 15 bar, and in particular 60 ⁇ 10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 70 ⁇ 20 bar, more preferably 70 ⁇ 15 bar, and in particular 70 ⁇ 10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 80 ⁇ 20 bar, more preferably 80 ⁇ 15 bar, and in particular 80 ⁇ 10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 90 ⁇ 20 bar, more preferably 90 ⁇ 15 bar, and in
  • the die geometry or the geometry of the bores is freely selectable.
  • the die or the bores may accordingly exhibit a flat (film), round, oblong or oval cross-section, wherein the round cross-section preferably has a diameter of 0.1 mm to 2 mm for extruded particles and a larger diameter for extruded monolithic pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • the die or the bores have a round cross-section.
  • the casing of the extruder used according to the invention may be heated or cooled. The corresponding temperature control, i.e.
  • the mixture to be extruded exhibits at least an average temperature (product temperature) corresponding to the softening temperature of the prolonged release matrix material and does not rise above a temperature at which the pharmacologically active ingredient to be processed may be damaged.
  • the temperature of the mixture to be extruded is adjusted to below 180° C., preferably below 150° C., but at least to the softening temperature of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively.
  • Typical extrusion temperatures are 120° C. and 150° C.
  • the extruder torque is within the range of from 30 to 95%.
  • Extruder torque can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • the extrudates are preferably singulated. This singulation may preferably be performed by cutting up the extrudates by means of revolving or rotating knives, wires, blades or with the assistance of laser cutters.
  • intermediate or final storage of the optionally singulated extrudate or the final shape of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention is performed under oxygen-free atmosphere which may be achieved, e.g., by means of oxygen-scavengers.
  • the singulated extrudate may be press-formed into pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, in order to impart the final shape to the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively.
  • the application of force in the extruder onto the at least plasticized mixture is adjusted by controlling the rotational speed of the conveying device in the extruder and the geometry thereof and by dimensioning the outlet orifice in such a manner that the pressure necessary for extruding the plasticized mixture is built up in the extruder, preferably immediately prior to extrusion.
  • the extrusion parameters which, for each particular composition, are necessary to give rise to a pharmaceutical dosage form with desired mechanical properties, may be established by simple preliminary testing.
  • extrusion may be performed by means of a twin-screw-extruder type ZSE 18 or ZSE 27 (Leistritz, Nurnberg, Germany) or Thermo Scientific* Pharma 16 HME, screw diameters of 16, 18 or 27 mm. Screws having eccentric or blunt ends may be used.
  • a heatable die with a round bore or with a multitude of bores each having a diameter of 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0 or 6.0 mm may be used.
  • the extrusion parameters may be adjusted e.g.
  • rotational speed of the screws 120 Upm
  • delivery rate 0.5 kg/h for Pharma 16, 2 kg/h for a ZSE 18 or 8 kg/h for a ZSE 27
  • product temperature in front of die 100 to 125° C. and behind die 125 to 135° C.
  • jacket temperature 110° C.
  • extrusion is performed by means of twin-screw-extruders or planetary-gear-extruders, twin-screw extruders (co-rotating or contra-rotating) being particularly preferred.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention are preferably produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder without any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudates.
  • the process for the preparation of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention is preferably performed continuously.
  • the process involves the extrusion of a homogeneous mixture of all components.
  • the thus obtained intermediate e.g. the strand obtained by extrusion, exhibits uniform properties.
  • Particularly desirable are uniform density, uniform distribution of the active compound, uniform mechanical properties, uniform porosity, uniform appearance of the surface, etc. Only under these circumstances the uniformity of the pharmacological properties, such as the stability of the release profile, may be ensured and the amount of rejects can be kept low.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate and the particles according to the invention can be regarded as “extruded pellets”.
  • extruded pellets has structural implications which are understood by persons skilled in the art. A person skilled in the art knows that pelletized pharmaceutical dosage forms can be prepared by a number of techniques, including:
  • extruded pellets can be obtained either by hot-melt extrusion or by extrusion-spheronization.
  • Extruded pellets can be distinguished from other types of pellets because they are structurally different. For example, drug layering on nonpareils yields multilayered pellets having a core, whereas extrusion typically yields a monolithic mass comprising a homogeneous mixture of all ingredients. Similarly, spray drying and spray congealing typically yield spheres, whereas extrusion typically yields cylindrical extrudates which can be subsequently spheronized.
  • extruded pellets and “agglomerated pellets” are significant because they may affect the release of active substances from the pellets and consequently result in different pharmacological profiles. Therefore, a person skilled in the pharmaceutical formulation art would not consider “extruded pellets” to be equivalent to “agglomerated pellets”.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention may be prepared by any conventional method.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms are prepared by compression.
  • particles as hereinbefore defined are preferably mixed, e.g. blended and/or granulated (e.g. wet granulated), with outer matrix material and the resulting mix (e.g. blend or granulate) is then compressed, preferably in molds, to form pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • the particles herein described may be incorporated into a matrix using other processes, such as by melt granulation (e.g. using fatty alcohols and/or water-soluble waxes and/or water-insoluble waxes) or high shear granulation, followed by compression.
  • the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 15 kN.
  • the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 40 kN, in certain embodiments >25 kN, in other embodiments about 13 kN.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form which is obtainable by any of the processes described above.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is characterized by excellent storage stability.
  • the content of pharmacologically active ingredient amounts to at least 98.0%, more preferably at least 98.5%, still more preferably at least 99.0%, yet more preferably at least 99.2%, most preferably at least 99.4% and in particular at least 99.6%, of its original content before storage.
  • Suitable methods for measuring the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient in the pharmaceutical dosage form are known to the skilled artisan. In this regard it is referred to the Eur. Ph. or the USP, especially to reversed phase HPLC analysis.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form is stored in closed, preferably sealed containers.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention may be used in medicine, e.g. as an analgesic.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms are therefore particularly suitable for the treatment or management of pain.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient preferably is analgesically effective.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to the pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for use in the treatment of pain.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to the use of the pharmacologically active ingredient for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for treating pain.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating pain comprising the administration of the pharmaceutical dosage form as described above to a subject in need thereof.
  • a further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for providing prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein.
  • a further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for avoiding or hindering the abuse of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein.
  • a further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for avoiding or hindering the unintentional overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein.
  • the invention also relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for the prophylaxis and/or the treatment of a disorder, thereby preventing an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient, particularly due to comminution of the pharmaceutical dosage form by mechanical action.
  • mixtures of the pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA and excipients were produced by weighing the ingredients (batch size 500.0 g), sieving (Mesh size 1.0 mm), blending in a Bohle LM 40 MC 20, followed by extrusion using a Leistritz ZSE 18 melt extruder type MICRO 18 GL-40D Pharma (melt temperature 124° C., screw rotation speed 100 rpm, die diameter 1.0 mm, melt pressure 1-4 bar). The extruded strands were cooled in ambient air and were manually cut yielding pellets.
  • GP1 General procedure 1 for manufacturing the cut rods: mixtures of the pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA and excipients were produced by weighing the ingredients (batch size 500.0 g), sieving (Mesh size 1.0 mm), blending in a Bohle LM 40 MC 20, followed by extrusion using a Leistritz Micro 18 HME (melt temperature ca. 124° C., screw rotation speed 50-100 rpm, die diameter 5.0 mm, melt pressure 16-47 bar). The extruded strands were cooled in ambient air and were manually cut with a hot knife into cut rods.
  • GP1 General procedure 1 for manufacturing the cut rods: mixtures of the pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA and excipients were produced by weighing the ingredients (batch size 500.0 g), sieving (Mesh size 1.0 mm), blending in a Bohle LM 40 MC 20, followed by extrusion using a Leistritz Micro 18 HME (melt temperature ca.
  • pellets and cut rods were subjected to different tests in order to assess the tamper-resistance with respect to the pharmacologically active ingredient contained in the pellets and cut rods, respectively.
  • Kollicoat IR polyvinyl alcohol-polyethylene glycol graft copolymer
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 3.
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 4.
  • cut rods were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • Cut rods were according to GP1 prepared having the same composition as the pellets of Example 5.
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 6.
  • cut rods were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 7.
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 8.
  • the pharmacologically active substance was in both cases tramadol HCl
  • the releasing polymer was EVA.
  • the composition of both the cut rods (die diameter 1.0 mm) and the pellets (die diameter 5.0 mm) was identical.
  • FIGS. 3 and 5 it becomes evident that the particle size had no influence on the release behavior of EVA, as in both cases a prolonged-release (PR) of tramadol HCl could be observed.
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Examples 9-12 demonstrate the resistance of EVA-containing formulations against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol. Comparing FIGS. 6 and 7 , it becomes evident that the dissolution behavior of the corresponding monolithic form (i.e. cut rods with a die diameter of 5 mm) in aqueous ethanol is equal to the dissolution behavior under in vitro conditions. Thus, the controlled release portion of the formulation cannot be defeated by the extraction with ethanol or by the concomitant intake of ethanol.
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 13.
  • the pharmacologically active substance was in both cases tapentadol HCl, the polymer releasing the substance was PEO.
  • the composition of both the cut rods and the pellets was identical. Considering FIG. 8 , it becomes evident that for pellets (die diameter 1.0 mm), an immediate-release (IR) of tapentadol HCl could be observed, whereas for cut rods (die diameter 6.0 mm), a prolonged-release (PR) is observed.
  • IR immediate-release
  • PR prolonged-release
  • the particle size has a pronounced influence on the dissolution behavior of the pharmacologically active substance. The smaller the particles, the faster the release.
  • the pharmacologically active substance is in all cases tramadol HCl, whereas in examples 13 and 13A, the substance is tapentadol HCl.
  • both tapentadol HCl and tramadol HCl show a comparable dissolution behavior and are both water-soluble; the dependency of the dissolution behavior on the particle size is therefore comparable.

Abstract

The invention relates to a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer which provides resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.

Description

  • This application is a continuation of U.S. Nonprovisional application Ser. No. 14/327,671, filed Jul. 10, 2014, now allowed, which, in turn, claims priority of European Patent Application No. EP 13176303.9, filed Jul. 12, 2013, the contents of which patent applications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates to a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer, which dosage form provides resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • A large number of pharmacologically active substances have a potential for being abused or misused, i.e. they can be used to produce effects which are not consistent with their intended use. Thus, e.g. opioids which exhibit an excellent efficacy in controlling severe to extremely severe pain are frequently abused to induce euphoric states similar to being intoxicated. In particular, active substances which have a psychotropic effect are abused accordingly.
  • To enable abuse, the corresponding pharmaceutical dosage forms, such as pharmaceutical dosage forms or capsules are crushed, for example ground by the abuser, the active substance is extracted from the thus obtained powder using a preferably aqueous liquid and after being optionally filtered through cotton wool or cellulose wadding, the resultant solution is administered parenterally, in particular intravenously. This type of dosage results in an even faster diffusion of the active substance compared to the oral abuse, with the result desired by the abuser, namely the kick. This kick or these intoxication-like, euphoric states are also reached if the powdered pharmaceutical dosage form is administered nasally, i.e. is sniffed.
  • Various concepts for the avoidance of drug abuse have been developed.
  • It has been proposed to incorporate in pharmaceutical dosage forms aversive agents and/or antagonists in a manner so that they only produce their aversive and/or antagonizing effects when the pharmaceutical dosage forms are tampered with. However, the presence of such aversive agents is principally not desirable and there is a need to provide sufficient tamper-resistance without relying on aversive agents and/or antagonists.
  • Another concept to prevent abuse relies on the mechanical properties of the pharmaceutical dosage forms, particularly an increased breaking strength (resistance to crushing). The major advantage of such pharmaceutical dosage forms is that comminuting, particularly pulverization, by conventional means, such as grinding in a mortar or fracturing by means of a hammer, is impossible or at least substantially impeded. Thus, the pulverization, necessary for abuse, of the pharmaceutical dosage forms by the means usually available to a potential abuser is prevented or at least complicated. Such pharmaceutical dosage forms are useful for avoiding drug abuse of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein, as they may not be powdered by conventional means and thus, cannot be administered in powdered form, e.g. nasally. The mechanical properties, particularly the high breaking strength of these pharmaceutical dosage forms renders them tamper-resistant. In the context of such tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage forms it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, WO 2006/082099, and WO2009/092601.
  • Besides tampering of pharmaceutical dosage forms in order to abuse the drugs contained therein, the potential impact of concomitant intake of ethanol on the in vivo release of drugs from modified release oral formulations (dose-dumping) has recently become an increasing concern. Controlled or modified release formulations typically contain a higher amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient relative to its immediate release counterpart. If the controlled release portion of the formulation is easily defeated, the end result is a potential increase in exposure to the active drug and possible safety concerns. In order to improve safety and circumvent intentional tampering (e.g. dissolving a controlled release pharmaceutical dosage form in ethanol to extract the drug), a reduction in the dissolution of the modified release fractions of such formulations, in ethanol, may be of benefit.
  • Accordingly, the need exists to develop new formulations having reduced potential for dose dumping in alcohol.
  • The properties of these pharmaceutical dosage forms of the prior art, however, are not satisfactory in every respect.
  • C. Vervaet et al., Eur. J. Pharm. Biopharm. 77, 2011, 297-305 disclose ethylene vinyl acetate as matrix for oral sustained release dosage forms which contain metoprolol tartrate as the pharmacologically active ingredient and are produced via hot-melt extrusion. C. Vervaet et al., Eur. J. Pharm. Biopharm. 82, 2012, 526-533 discloses sustained release of metoprolol tartrate from hot-melt extruded matrices based on ethylene vinyl acetate and polyethylene oxide. B. Sreenivasa Rao et al., Indian J. Pharm. Sci. 65, 2003, 496-502 disclose a method of preparation of sintered matrix tablets of rifampicin with ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer for controlling the release rate. However, these references are fully silent on the possibility of preparing tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage forms from ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymers.
  • WO 2009/051819 A1 disclose implants for delivery of therapeutic agents such as opioids, and the manufacture and uses of such implants. WO 03/070191 A1 discloses a transdermal-delivery device which is said to be tamper-resistant and comprises an opioid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an acyl opiod antagonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • It is an object of the invention to provide tamper-resistant and dose-dumping resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage forms containing a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action which have advantages compared to the pharmaceutical dosage forms of the prior art.
  • This object has been achieved by the patent claims.
  • It has been surprisingly found that a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer and a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action can be prepared, wherein the pharmaceutical dosage form exhibits tamper resistance, especially in terms of resistance against solvent extraction of the pharmacologically active ingredient, resistance against grinding of the pharmaceutical dosage form, respectively, and resistance against dose-dumping of the pharmacologically active ingredient in aqueous ethanol.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The invention will now be described in greater detail with reference to the drawings, wherein:
  • FIG. 1 is a graph depicting the results of the sieving analysis referred to in Example 1;
  • FIG. 2 is a graph depicting the results of the sieving analysis referred to in Example 2;
  • FIG. 3 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments;
  • FIG. 4 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments;
  • FIG. 5 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments;
  • FIG. 6 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments;
  • FIG. 7 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments; and
  • FIG. 8 is a chart showing the release profiles of the indicated exemplified embodiments.
  • A first aspect of the invention relates to a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer, which dosage form provides resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is thermoformed, more preferably hot-melt extruded. Thermoforming preferably means that in the course of the manufacture of the pharmaceutical dosage form the mixture comprising the EVA polymer and the pharmacologically active ingredient is heated to a temperature above ambient temperature, preferably at least 60° C. or at least 80° C., and compressed, preferably at pressures of at least 1 bar or at least 2 bar, more preferably at least 10 bar or at least 30 bar. The compression force may be exerted prior to, during or subsequent to the application of heat.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical dosage form” refers to a pharmaceutical entity that is comprised of a pharmacologically active ingredient and which is actually administered to, or taken by, a patient. It may be compressed or molded in its manufacture, and it may be of almost any size, shape, weight, and color.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form is preferably solid or semisolid.
  • Examples of pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, pills, granules, pellets, sachets and effervescent, powders, and the like. In an embodiment of the present invention, the composition is formulated in a capsule. In accordance with this embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form comprises a hard or soft gelatin capsule.
  • Most pharmaceutical dosage forms are intended to be swallowed whole and accordingly, the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are designed for oral administration.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic. In this regard, monolithic preferably means that the pharmaceutical dosage form is formed or composed of material without joints or seams or consists of or constitutes a single unit.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is not monolithic. Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is multiparticulate, i.e. comprises a multitude of particles. An advantage of multiparticulate pharmaceutical dosage forms is that the particles may be mixed in different amounts to thereby produce pharmaceutical dosage forms of different strengths.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention can be regarded as a MUPS formulation (multiple unit pellet system). Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains all ingredients in a dense compact unit which in comparison to capsules has a comparatively high density. Under these circumstances, the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably comprise subunits having different morphology and properties, namely drug-containing particles and an outer matrix material, wherein the particles form a discontinuous phase within the outer matrix material. The constituents of the outer matrix material are preferably different from the constituents of the drug-containing particles. Preferably, the outer matrix material neither contains a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action nor an EVA polymer.
  • The particles typically have mechanical properties that differ from the mechanical properties of the outer matrix material. Preferably, the particles have a higher mechanical strength than the outer matrix material. The particles can preferably be visualized by conventional means such as solid state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, raster electron microscopy, terahertz spectroscopy and the like.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention has preferably a total weight in the range of 0.01 to 1.5 g, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.2 g, still more preferably in the range of 0.1 g to 1.0 g, yet more preferably in the range of 0.2 g to 0.9 g, and most preferably in the range of 0.3 g to 0.8 g. In a preferred embodiment, the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 350±300 mg, more preferably 350±250 mg, still more preferably 350±200 mg, yet more preferably 350±150 mg, most preferably 350±100 mg, and in particular 350±50 mg. In another preferred embodiment, the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 500±450 mg, more preferably 500±300 mg, still more preferably 500±200 mg, yet more preferably 500±150 mg, most preferably 500±100 mg, and in particular 500±50 mg.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is a round pharmaceutical dosage form. Pharmaceutical dosage forms of this embodiment preferably have a diameter in the range of about 1 mm to about 30 mm, in particular in the range of about 2 mm to about 25 mm, more in particular about 5 mm to about 23 mm, even more in particular about 7 mm to about 13 mm; and a thickness in the range of about 1.0 mm to about 12 mm, in particular in the range of about 2.0 mm to about 10 mm, even more in particular from 3.0 mm to about 9.0 mm, even further in particular from about 4.0 mm to about 8.0 mm.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is an oblong pharmaceutical dosage form. Pharmaceutical dosage forms of this embodiment preferably have a lengthwise extension (longitudinal extension) of about 1 mm to about 30 mm, in particular in the range of about 2 mm to about 25 mm, more in particular about 5 mm to about 23 mm, even more in particular about 7 mm to about 20 mm; a width in the range of about 1 mm to about 30 mm, in particular in the range of about 2 mm to about 25 mm, more in particular about 5 mm to about 23 mm, even more in particular about 7 mm to about 13 mm; and a thickness in the range of about 1.0 mm to about 12 mm, in particular in the range of about 2.0 mm to about 10 mm, even more in particular from 3.0 mm to about 9.0 mm, even further in particular from about 4.0 mm to about 8.0 mm.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic, it preferably has an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm, more preferably at least 2.5 mm, still more preferably at least 3.0 mm, yet more preferably at least 3.5 mm, even more preferably at least 4.0 mm, most preferably at least 4.5 mm and in particular at least 5.0 mm. Preferably, when the dosage form is monolithic, it has an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm.
  • For the purpose of specification, “in any direction” preferably means in every direction in the three-dimensional space.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention may optionally comprise a coating, e.g. a cosmetic coating. The coating is preferably applied after formation of the pharmaceutical dosage form. The coating may be applied prior to or after the curing process. The pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry® and Eudragit®.
  • Examples of suitable materials include cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, such as methylcellulose (MC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC), poly(meth)-acrylates, such as aminoalkylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers; vinyl polymers, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylacetate; and natural film formers.
  • The coating can be resistant to gastric juices and dissolve as a function of the pH value of the release environment. By means of this coating, it is possible to ensure that the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention passes through the stomach undissolved and the active compound is only released in the intestines. The coating which is resistant to gastric juices preferably dissolves at a pH value of between 5 and 7.5.
  • The coating can also be applied e.g. to improve the aesthetic impression and/or the taste of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and the ease with which they can be swallowed. Coating the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention can also serve other purposes, e.g. improving stability and shelf-life. Suitable coating formulations comprise a film forming polymer such as, for example, polyvinyl alcohol or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, e.g. hypromellose, a plasticizer such as, for example, a glycol, e.g. propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, an opacifier, such as, for example, titanium dioxide, and a film smoothener, such as, for example, talc. Suitable coating solvents are water as well as organic solvents. Examples of organic solvents are alcohols, e.g. ethanol or isopropanol, ketones, e.g. acetone, or halogenated hydrocarbons, e.g. methylene chloride. Coated pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are preferably prepared by first making the cores and subsequently coating said cores using conventional techniques, such as coating in a coating pan.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a prolonged release matrix.
  • The prolonged release matrix in turn preferably comprises the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material and optionally additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the prolonged release matrix does not contain any additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably embedded in the prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer. Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient is dispersed in the prolonged release matrix.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient. Particularly preferably, the prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient embedded therein.
  • In a preferred embodiment,
  • (i) the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded in a prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer; and/or
  • (ii) the pharmaceutical dosage form provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and comprises a prolonged release matrix, the prolonged release matrix preferably forms the body of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is multiparticulate, e.g. in form of pellets, the particles preferably comprise the prolonged release matrix and at least a portion of the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form. Preferably, the particles comprise the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention can be regarded as a MUPS formulation which preferably comprises drug-containing particles and an outer matrix material, the outer matrix material is not a constituent of the prolonged release matrix and is to be distinguished from the prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • For the purpose of specification, the term “particle” refers to a discrete mass of material that is solid, e.g. at 20° C. or at room temperature or ambient temperature. Preferably a particle is solid at 20° C. Preferably, the particles are monoliths. Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer are intimately homogeneously distributed in the particles so that the particles do not contain any segments where either pharmacologically active ingredient is present in the absence of EVA polymer or where EVA polymer is present in the absence of pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, it preferably comprises a multitude i.e. plurality of particles containing pharmacologically active ingredient (drug-containing particles) and may optionally further comprise particles not containing any pharmacologically active ingredient (drug-free particles).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form preferably comprises at most 10, more preferably at most 9, still more preferably at most 8, yet more preferably at most 7, even more preferably at most 6, most preferably at most 5, and in particular at most 4 or 3 or 2 drug-containing particles. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form preferably comprises at least 2, more preferably at least 4, still more preferably at least 6, yet more preferably at least 8, even more preferably at least 10, most preferably at least 15 and in particular at least 20 or at least 100 or at least 1000 drug-containing particles.
  • When the particles are film coated, the EVA polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain EVA polymer.
  • When the particles contain a prolonged release matrix and are film coated, the prolonged release matrix is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably neither contains prolonged release matrix material nor optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • The particles are preferably of macroscopic size, typically the average diameter is within the range of from 100 μm to 2000 μm, preferably 200 μm to 1500 μm, more preferably 300 μm to 1500 μm, still more preferably 400 μm to 1500 μm, most preferably 500 μm to 1500 μm, and in particular 600 μm to 1500 μm. Preferably, the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage form have an average particle size of at least 50 μm, more preferably at least 100 μm, still more preferably at least 150 μm or at least 200 μm, yet more preferably at least 250 μm or at least 300 μm, most preferably at least 400 μm or at least 500 μm, and in particular at least 550 nm or at least 600 μm. Preferably, the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage form have an average particle size of at least 700 μm, more preferably at least 800 μm, most preferably at least 900 μm and in particular at least 1000 μm.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention comprise particles as a discontinuous phase, i.e. the particles form a discontinuous phase in an outer matrix material which in turn preferably forms a continuous phase. In this regard, discontinuous means that not each and every particle is in intimate contact with another particle but that the particles are at least partially separated from one another by the outer matrix material in which the particles are embedded. In other words, the particles preferably do not form a single coherent mass within the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention.
  • Preferably, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the content of the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention is at most 95 wt.-%, more preferably at most 90 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 85 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 80 wt.-%, most preferably at most 75 wt.-% and in particular at most 70 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • Preferably, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the content of the particles in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention is at least 10 wt.-%, at least 15 wt.-%, at least 20 wt.-% or at least 25 wt.-%; more preferably at least 30 wt.-%, at least 35 wt.-%, at least 40 wt.-% or at least 45 wt.-%; most preferably at least 50 wt.-%, at least 55 wt.-%, at least 60 wt.-% or at least 65 wt.-%; and in particular at least 70 wt.-%, at least 75 wt.-%, at least 80 wt.-% or at least 85 wt.-%; based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the shape of the particles is not particularly limited. As the particles are preferably manufactured by hot-melt extrusion, preferred particles present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are generally cylindrical in shape. The diameter of such particles is therefore the diameter of their circular cross section. The cylindrical shape is caused by the extrusion process according to which the diameter of the circular cross section is a function of the extrusion die and the length of the cylinders is a function of the cutting length according to which the extruded strand of material is cut into pieces of preferably more or less predetermined length.
  • Typically, the aspect ratio is regarded as an important measure of the spherical shape. The aspect ratio is defined as the ratio of the maximal diameter (dmax) and its orthogonal Feret-diameter. For aspherical particles, the aspect ratio has values above 1. The smaller the value the more spherical is the particle. In a preferred embodiment, the aspect ratio of the particles is at most 1.40, more preferably at most 1.35, still more preferably at most 1.30, yet more preferably at most 1.25, even more preferably at most 1.20, most preferably at most 1.15 and in particular at most 1.10. In another preferred embodiment, the aspect ratio of the particles is at least 1.10, more preferably at least 1.15, still more preferably at least 1.20, yet more preferably at least 1.25, even more preferably at least 1.30, most preferably at least 1.35 and in particular at least 1.40.
  • Preferred particles have an average length and average diameter of about 1000 μm or less. When the particles are manufactured by extrusion technology, the “length” of particles is the dimension of the particles that is parallel to the direction of extrusion. The “diameter” of particles is the largest dimension that is perpendicular to the direction of extrusion.
  • Particularly preferred particles have an average diameter of less than about 2000 more preferably less than about 1000 or 800 μm, still more preferably of less than about 650 μm. Especially preferred particles have an average diameter of less than 700 μm, particularly less than 600 μm, still more particularly less than 500 μm, e.g. less than 400 μm. Particularly preferred particles have an average diameter in the range of 200-1500 μm, more preferably 400-800 μm, still more preferably 450-700 μm, yet more preferably 500-650 μm, e.g. about 500-600 μm. Further preferred particles have an average diameter of between about 300 μm and about 400 μm, of between about 400 μm and 500 μm, or of between about 500 μm and 600 μm, or of between 600 μm and 700 μm or of between 700 μm and 800 μm.
  • In a preferred embodiment, particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention have an average length in the range of 500 to 5000 μm, more preferably 750 to 4600 μm, still more preferably 1000 to 4200 μm, yet more preferably 1250 to 3800 μm, even more preferably 1500 to 3400 μm, most preferably 1750 to 3200 μm and in particular 2000 to 3000 μm. According to this embodiment, particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably have an average length of less than about 4000 μm, more preferably less than about 3000 μm, still more preferably less than about 2000 μm, e.g. a length of about 1800 μm, about 1600 μm about 1400 μm, about 1200 μm or about 1000 μm.
  • In another preferred embodiment, particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention have an average length in the range of 200 to 1000 μm, more preferably 400 to 800 still more preferably 450 to 700 μm, yet more preferably 500 to 650 μm, e.g. about 500 to 600 μm. According to this embodiment, particles that are present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably have an average length of less than about 1000 μm, more preferably less than about 800 μm, still more preferably less than about 650 μm, e.g. a length of about 800 μm, about 700 μm about 600 μm, about 500 μm, about 400 μm or about 300 μm. Especially preferred particles have an average length of less than 700 μm, particularly less than 650 μm, still more particularly less than 550 μm, e.g. less than 450 μm.
  • The minimum average length of the particles is determined by the cutting step and may be, e.g. 4.0 mm, 3.0 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.5 mm, 2.0 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 0.9 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.3 mm or 0.2 mm.
  • In a preferred embodiment, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm, more preferably at least 2.2 mm, still more preferably at least 2.5 mm, yet more preferably at least 2.8 mm, even more preferably at least 3.0 mm, most preferably at least 3.2 mm, and in particular at least 3.5 mm or 4.0 mm. Preferably, when the dosage form is multiparticulate, the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of more than 2.0 mm.
  • Particularly preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm.
  • In another preferred embodiment,
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 2.5 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 2.2 mm; or
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 3.0 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 2.5 mm; or
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 3.5 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 2.8 mm; or
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 4.0 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 3.0 mm; or
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 4.5 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 3.2 mm; or
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 5.0 mm; or is multiparticulate, wherein the individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 3.5 mm or at least 4.0 mm.
  • The size of particles may be determined by any conventional procedure known in the art, e.g. laser light scattering, sieve analysis, light microscopy or image analysis.
  • Preferably, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the plurality of particles that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention has an arithmetic average weight, in the following referred to as “aaw”, wherein at least 70%, more preferably at least 75%, still more preferably at least 80%, yet more preferably at least 85%, most preferably at least 90% and in particular at least 95% of the individual particles contained in said plurality of particles has an individual weight within the range of aaw±30%, more preferably aaw±25%, still more preferably aaw±20%, yet more preferably aaw±15%, most preferably aaw±10%, and in particular aaw±5%. For example, if the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains a plurality of 100 particles and aaw of said plurality of particles is 1.00 mg, at least 75 individual particles (i.e. 75%) have an individual weight within the range of from 0.70 to 1.30 mg (1.00 mg±30%).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the particles, more preferably the drug-containing particles, each have a weight of less than 20 mg, more preferably less than 18 mg, still more preferably less than 16 mg, yet more preferably less than 14 mg, even more preferably less than 12 mg or less than 10 mg, most preferably less than 8 mg, and in particular less than 6 or 4 mg. According to this embodiment, all individual particles each preferably have a weight of from 1 to 19 mg, more preferably 1.5 to 15 mg, still more preferably 2.0 to 12 mg, yet more preferably 2.2 to 10 mg, even more preferably 2.5 to 8 mg, most preferably 2.8 to 6 mg and in particular 3 to 5 mg.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the particles, more preferably the drug-containing particles, each have a weight of 20 mg or more. According to this embodiment, all individual particles preferably each have a weight of at least 30 mg, more preferably at least 40 mg, still more preferably at least 50 mg, most preferably at least 60 mg and in particular at least 100 mg. Preferably, all individual particles each have a weight of from 20 to 1000 mg, more preferably 30 to 800 mg, still more preferably 40 to 600 mg, yet more preferably 50 to 400 mg, even more preferably 60 to 200 mg, most preferably 70 to 150 mg and in particular 80 to 120 mg. According to this embodiment, the particles of the pharmaceutical dosage form, more preferably the drug-containing particles of the pharmaceutical dosage form, preferably each have an extension in any given direction of at least 2.0 mm or 3.0 mm and have a weight of at least 20 mg.
  • In a preferred embodiment, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles are not film coated.
  • In another preferred embodiment, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles are film coated. The particles according to the invention can optionally be provided, partially or completely, with a conventional coating. The particles are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry® and Eudragit®.
  • Examples of suitable materials include cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, such as methylcellulose (MC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC), ethylcellulose (EC), cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP); poly(meth)acrylates, such as aminoalkylmethacrylate copolymers, ethylacrylate methylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers, methacrylic acid methylmethacrylate copolymers; vinyl polymers, such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl-acetatephthalate, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl alcohol-polyethylene glycol graft copolymers, polyvinylacetate; and natural film formers.
  • The coating material may contain excipients such as stabilizers (e.g. surfactants such as macrogol cetostearylether, sodium dodecylsulfate, and the like). Suitable excipients of film coating materials are known to the skilled person.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the coating is water-soluble.
  • Though less preferred, the coating can principally be resistant to gastric juices and dissolve as a function of the pH value of the release environment. By means of this coating, it is possible to ensure that the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention passes through the stomach undissolved and the active compound is only released in the intestines. The coating which is resistant to gastric juices preferably dissolves at a pH value of between 5 and 7.5. Corresponding materials and methods for the delayed release of active compounds and for the application of coatings which are resistant to gastric juices are known to the person skilled in the art, for example from “Coated Pharmaceutical dosage forms—Fundamentals, Manufacturing Techniques, Biopharmaceutical Aspects, Test Methods and Raw Materials” by Kurt H. Bauer, K. Lehmann, Hermann P. Osterwald, Rothgang, Gerhart, 1st edition, 1998, Medpharm Scientific Publishers.
  • A particularly preferred coating contains polyvinyl alcohol and optionally, further excipients such as xanthan gum and/or talcum.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles contain at least a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an EVA polymer, preferably a prolonged release matrix containing the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material and optionally additional prolonged release matrix material. Preferably, however, the particles further contain additional pharmaceutical excipients such as antioxidants and plasticizers.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles may be e.g. loosely contained in a capsule, or the particles may be incorporated into an outer matrix material. From a macroscopic perspective, the outer matrix material preferably forms a continuous phase in which the particles are embedded as discontinuous phase.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material is preferably a homogenous coherent mass, preferably a homogeneous mixture of solid constituents, in which the particles are embedded thereby spatially separating the particles from one another. While it is possible that the surfaces of particles are in contact or at least in very close proximity with one another, the plurality of particles preferably cannot be regarded as a single continuous coherent mass within the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • In other words, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate and the particles are contained in an outer matrix material, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably comprises the particles as volume element(s) of a first type in which the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer are contained, and the outer matrix material as volume element of a second type differing from the material that forms the particles, preferably containing neither pharmacologically active ingredient nor EVA polymer.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate and the particles are contained in an outer matrix material, the relative weight ratio of particles to outer matrix material is not particularly limited. Preferably, said relative weight ratio is within the range of 1:1.00±0.75, more preferably 1:1.00±0.50, still more preferably 1:1.00±0.40, yet more preferably 1:1.00±0.30, most preferably 1:1.00±0.20, and in particular 1:1.00±0.10.
  • Preferably, the content of the outer matrix material is at least 2.5 wt.-%, at least 5 wt.-%, at least 7.5 wt.-% or at least 10 wt.-%; at least 12.5 wt.-%, at least 15 wt.-%, at least 17.5 wt.-% or at least 20 wt.-%; at least 22.5 wt.-%, at least 25 wt.-%, at least 27.5 wt.-% or at least 30 wt.-%; at least 32.5 wt.-%, at least 35 wt.-%, at least 37.5 wt.-% or at least 40 wt.-%; more preferably at least 42.5 wt.-%, at least 45 wt.-%, at least 47.5 wt.-% or at least 50 wt.-%; still more preferably at least 52.5 wt.-%, at least 55 wt.-%, at least 57.5 wt.-% or at least 60 wt.-%; yet more preferably at least 62.5 wt.-%, at least 65 wt.-%, at least 67.5 wt.-% or at least 60 wt.-%; most preferably at least 72.5 wt.-%, at least 75 wt.-%, at least 77.5 wt.-% or at least 70 wt.-%; and in particular at least 82.5 wt.-%, at least 85 wt.-%, at least 87.5 wt.-% or at least 90 wt.-%; based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • Preferably, the content of the outer matrix material is at most 90 wt.-%, at most 87.5 wt.-%, at most 85 wt.-%, or at most 82.5 wt.-%; more preferably at most 80 wt.-%, at most 77.5 wt.-%, at most 75 wt.-% or at most 72.5 wt.-%; still more preferably at most 70 wt.-%, at most 67.5 wt.-%, at most 65 wt.-% or at most 62.5 wt.-%; yet more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, at most 57.5 wt.-%, at most 55 wt.-% or at most 52.5 wt.-%; most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, at most 47.5 wt.-%, at most 45 wt.-% or at most 42.5 wt.-%; and in particular at most 40 wt.-%, at most 37.5 wt.-%, or at most 35 wt.-%; based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material is a mixture, preferably a homogeneous mixture of at least two different constituents, more preferably of at least three different constituents. In a preferred embodiment, all constituents of the outer matrix material are homogeneously distributed in the continuous phase that is formed by the outer matrix material.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material is also provided in particulate form, i.e. in the course of the manufacture of the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention, the constituents of the outer matrix material are preferably processed into particles, subsequently mixed with the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer, and then compressed into the pharmaceutical dosage forms.
  • Preferably, the average size of the particles of the outer matrix material is within the range of ±60%, more preferably ±50%, still more preferably ±40%, yet more preferably ±30%, most preferably ±20%, and in particular ±10% of the average size of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer.
  • The particles of the outer matrix material can be manufactured by conventional methods for the preparation of aggregates and agglomerates from powder mixtures such as granulating and compacting.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the mixture of all constituents of the outer matrix material is blended and pre-compacted thereby yielding a pre-compacted outer matrix material.
  • The outer matrix material preferably does not contain any pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material comprises a filler or a binder. As many fillers can be regarded as binders and vice versa, for the purpose of specification “filler/binder” refers to any excipient that is suitable as filler, binder or both. Thus, the outer matrix material preferably comprises a filler/binder.
  • Preferred fillers (=filler/binders) are selected from the group consisting of silicium dioxide (e.g. Aerosil®), microcrystalline cellulose (e.g. Avicel®, Elcema®, Emocel®, ExCel®, Vitacell®); cellulose ether (e.g. Natrosol®, Klucel®, Methocel®, Blanose®, Pharmacoat®, Viscontran®); mannitol; dextrines; dextrose; calciumhydrogen phosphate (e.g. Emcompress®); maltodextrine (e.g. Emdex®); lactose (e.g. Fast-Flow Lactose®; Ludipress®, Pharmaceutical dosage Formtose®, Zeparox®); polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) (e.g. Kollidone®, Polyplasdone®, Polydone®); saccharose (e.g. Nu-Tab®, Sugar Tab®); magnesium salts (e.g. MgCO3, MgO, MgSiO3); starches and pretreated starches (e.g. Prejel®, Primotab® ET, Starch® 1500). Preferred binders are selected from the group consisting of alginates; chitosanes; and any of the fillers mentioned above (=fillers/binders).
  • Some fillers/binders may also serve other purposes. It is known, for example, that silicium dioxide exhibits excellent function as a glidant. Thus, preferably, the outer matrix material comprises a glidant such as silicium dioxide.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 50±25 wt.-%, more preferably 50±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 50±15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50±10 wt.-%, most preferably 50±7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 50±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 65±25 wt.-%, more preferably 65±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 65±15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65±10 wt.-%, most preferably 65±7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 65±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 80±19 wt.-%, more preferably 80±17.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 80±15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80±10 wt.-%, most preferably 80±7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 80±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the outer matrix material is within the range of 90±9 wt.-%, more preferably 90±8 wt.-%, still more preferably 90±7 wt.-%, yet more preferably 90±6 wt.-%, most preferably 90±5 wt.-%, and in particular 90±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of outer matrix material.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 25±24 wt.-%, more preferably 25±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 25±16 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25±12 wt.-%, most preferably 25±8 wt.-%, and in particular 25±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 30±29 wt.-%, more preferably 30±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 30±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30±15 wt.-%, most preferably 30±10 wt.-%, and in particular 30±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 35±34 wt.-%, more preferably 35±28 wt.-%, still more preferably 35±22 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35±16 wt.-%, most preferably 35±10 wt.-%, and in particular 35±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of 40±39 wt.-%, more preferably 40±32 wt.-%, still more preferably 40±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40±18 wt.-%, most preferably 40±11 wt.-%, and in particular 40±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • Preferably, the filler/binder is contained in the outer matrix material but not in the drug-containing particles of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material comprises a diluent or lubricant, preferably selected from the group consisting of calcium stearate; magnesium stearate; glycerol monobehenate (e.g. Compritol®); Myvatex®; Precirol®; Precirol® AtoS; sodium stearylfumarate (e.g. Pruv®); and talcum. Magnesium stearate is particularly preferred. Preferably, the content of the lubricant in the outer matrix material is at most 10.0 wt.-%, more preferably at most 7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 2.0 wt.-%, even more preferably at most 1.0 wt.-%, and most preferably at most 0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the outer matrix material and based on the total weight of pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • In particularly preferred embodiment, the outer matrix material comprises a combination of filler/binder and lubricant.
  • The outer matrix material of the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention may additionally contain other excipients that are conventional in the art, e.g. diluents, binders, granulating aids, colorants, flavor additives, glidants, wet-regulating agents and disintegrants. The skilled person will readily be able to determine appropriate quantities of each of these excipients.
  • In a preferred embodiment, however, the outer matrix material of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention consists of one or more disintegrants, one or more filler/binder's and one or more lubricants, but does not contain any other constituents.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the outer matrix material of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention does not contain one or more gel-forming agents and/or a silicone.
  • As used herein the term “gel-forming agent” is used to refer to a compound that, upon contact with a solvent (e.g. water), absorbs the solvent and swells, thereby forming a viscous or semi-viscous substance. Preferred gel-forming agents are not cross-linked. This substance may moderate pharmacologically active ingredient release from the embedded particles in both aqueous and aqueous alcoholic media. Upon full hydration, a thick viscous solution or dispersion is typically produced that significantly reduces and/or minimizes the amount of free solvent which can contain an amount of solubilized pharmacologically active ingredient, and which can be drawn into a syringe. The gel that is formed may also reduce the overall amount of pharmacologically active ingredient extractable with the solvent by entrapping the pharmacologically active ingredient within a gel structure. Thus the gel-forming agent may play an important role in conferring tamper-resistance to the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention.
  • Gel-forming agents that preferably are not contained in the outer matrix material include pharmaceutically acceptable polymers, typically hydrophilic polymers, such as hydrogels. Representative examples of gel-forming agent include polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, carbomers, poly(uronic) acids and mixtures thereof.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form comprises a prolonged release matrix in which the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded, preferably, the overall content of the prolonged release matrix, i.e. of the prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material, is within the range of from 5 to 95 wt.-%, more preferably 15 to 90 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 to 88 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 to 86 wt.-%, even more preferably 45 to 84 wt.-%, most preferably 55 to 82 wt.-% and in particular 60 to 80 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the prolonged release matrix is at least 20 wt.-%, more preferably at least 30 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 50 wt.-% and in particular at least 60 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 30±20 wt.-%, more preferably 30±15 wt.-%, most preferably 30±10 wt.-%, and in particular 30±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 35±20 wt.-%, more preferably 35±15 wt.-%, most preferably 35±10 wt.-%, and in particular 35±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 40±20 wt.-%, more preferably 40±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 40±10 wt.-%, and in particular 40±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 45±20 wt.-%, more preferably 45±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 45±10 wt.-%, and in particular 45±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In even another preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 50±20 wt.-%, more preferably 50±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 50±10 wt.-%, and in particular 50±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 55±20 wt.-%, more preferably 55±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 55±10 wt.-%, and in particular 55±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 60±20 wt.-%, more preferably 60±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 60±10 wt.-%, and in particular 60±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In yet a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 65±20 wt.-%, more preferably 65±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 65±10 wt.-%, and in particular 65±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In even a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 70±20 wt.-%, more preferably 70±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 70±10 wt.-%, and in particular 70±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In another further preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 75±20 wt.-%, more preferably 75±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 75±10 wt.-%, and in particular 75±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the overall content of prolonged release matrix is within the range of 80±20 wt.-%, more preferably 80±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 80±10 wt.-%, and in particular 80±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the prolonged release matrix to the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 15:1 to 1:15, still more preferably 10:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 7:1 to 1:7, most preferably 5:1 to 1:5, and in particular 3:1 to 1:1.
  • Irrespective of whether the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate or not, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action and an EVA polymer.
  • Particularly preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a prolonged release matrix containing the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material in which the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded.
  • Preferably, the EVA polymer is obtainable by polymerizing a mixture containing ethylene and vinyl acetate. Subsequent to the polymerization reaction, the acetate groups of the vinyl acetate contained in the EVA polymer may optionally be subjected to a partial or complete hydrolyzation yielding hydroxy groups.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer comprises repetition units derived from ethylene and vinyl acetate and/or vinyl alcohol.
  • According to this embodiment, the EVA polymer may comprise repetition units derived from
  • (i) ethylene and vinyl acetate; or
  • (ii) ethylene and vinyl alcohol; or
  • (ii) ethylene, vinyl acetate and vinyl alcohol.
  • Embodiments (i) and (iii) are particularly preferred.
  • Preferably, the relative molar content of the ethylene repetition units within the EVA polymer is greater than the relative molar content of the vinyl acetate repetition units and/or the vinyl alcohol repetition units within the EVA polymer.
  • Preferably, the EVA polymer contains at least 10 wt.-%, more preferably at least 20 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 30 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 35 wt.-%, most preferably at least 40 wt.-% and in particular at least 45 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • Particularly preferably, the EVA polymer contains at least 50 wt.-%, more preferably at least 52 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 54 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 55 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 56 wt.-%, most preferably at least 57 wt.-% and in particular at least 58 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains at least 60 wt.-%, more preferably at least 62 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 64 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 66 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 68 wt.-%, most preferably at least 69 wt.-% and in particular at least 70 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains at least 72 wt.-%, more preferably at least 75 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 78 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 80 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 82 wt.-%, most preferably at least 84 wt.-% and in particular at least 86 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • Preferably, the EVA polymer contains from 30 to 99 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • Particularly preferably, the EVA polymer contains from 50 to 95 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 30±25 wt.-%, more preferably 30±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 30±17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30±13 wt.-%, even more preferably 30±10 wt.-%, most preferably 30±7 wt.-% and in particular 30±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 40±35 wt.-%, more preferably 40±30 wt.-%, still more preferably 40±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40±20 wt.-%, even more preferably 40±15 wt.-%, most preferably 40±10 wt.-% and in particular 40±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 50±45 wt.-%, more preferably 50±35 wt.-%, still more preferably 50±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50±20 wt.-%, even more preferably 50±15 wt.-%, most preferably 50±10 wt.-% and in particular 50±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 60±35 wt.-%, more preferably 60±30 wt.-%, still more preferably 60±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 60±20 wt.-%, even more preferably 60±15 wt.-%, most preferably 60±10 wt.-% and in particular 60±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 70±25 wt.-%, more preferably 70±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 70±17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 70±13 wt.-%, even more preferably 70±10 wt.-%, most preferably 70±7 wt.-% and in particular 70±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In still a further preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 80±15 wt.-%, more preferably 80±12 wt.-%, still more preferably 80±10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80±8 wt.-%, even more preferably 80±6 wt.-%, most preferably 80±4 wt.-% and in particular 80±2 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In yet a further preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 90±15 wt.-%, more preferably 90±12 wt.-%, still more preferably 90±10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 90±8 wt.-%, even more preferably 90±6 wt.-%, most preferably 90±4 wt.-% and in particular 90±2 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer contains 60±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • Preferably, the molar ratio of the vinyl acetate repetition units to the vinyl alcohol repetition units is within the range of from 1000:1 to 1:1000, more preferably from 900:1 to 1:900, still more preferably from 500:1 to 1:500, yet more preferably from 300:1 to 1:100, even more preferably from 200:1 to 1:10, most preferably from 100:1 to 10:1, and in particular about 100:1.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of at least 1 g/10 min, more preferably at least 2 g/10 min, still more preferably at least 2.5 g/10 min, yet more preferably at least 5 g/10 min, even more preferably at least 10 g/10 min, most preferably at least 20 g/10 min and in particular at least 30 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of at least 40 g/10 min, more preferably at least 42 g/10 min, still more preferably at least 44 g/10 min, yet more preferably at least 46 g/10 min, even more preferably at least 48 g/10 min, most preferably at least 49 g/10 min and in particular at least 50 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of at least 55 g/10 min, more preferably at least 70 g/10 min, still more preferably at least 85 g/10 min, yet more preferably at least 100 g/10 min, even more preferably at least 115 g/10 min, most preferably at least 130 g/10 min and in particular at least 140 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • Preferably, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg within the range of from 1 to 160 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 2.5±2 g/10 min, more preferably 2.5±1.5 g/10 min, still more preferably 2.5±1.0 g/10 min, yet more preferably 2.5±0.8 g/10 min, even more preferably 2.5±0.6 g/10 min, most preferably 2.5±0.4 g/10 min and in particular 2.5±0.2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 3±2 g/10 min, more preferably 3±1.5 g/10 min, still more preferably 3±1.0 g/10 min, yet more preferably 3±0.8 g/10 min, even more preferably 3±0.6 g/10 min, most preferably 3±0.4 g/10 min and in particular 3±0.2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 10±16 g/10 min, more preferably 10±14 g/10 min, still more preferably 10±12 g/10 min, yet more preferably 10±10 g/10 min, even more preferably 10±8 g/10 min, most preferably 10±6 g/10 min and in particular 10±4 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 20±15 g/10 min, more preferably 20±13 g/10 min, still more preferably 20±11 g/10 min, yet more preferably 20±9 g/10 min, even more preferably 20±7 g/10 min, most preferably 20±5 g/10 min and in particular 20±4 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In even another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 30±25 g/10 min, more preferably 30±20 g/10 min, still more preferably 30±16 g/10 min, yet more preferably 30±13 g/10 min, even more preferably 30±10 g/10 min, most preferably 30±7 g/10 min and in particular 30±5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 40±35 g/10 min, more preferably 40±25 g/10 min, still more preferably 40±15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 40±13 g/10 min, even more preferably 40±10 g/10 min, most preferably 40±7 g/10 min and in particular 40±5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In still a further preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52±20 g/10 min, more preferably 52±16 g/10 min, still more preferably 52±13 g/10 min, yet more preferably 52±10 g/10 min, even more preferably 52±7 g/10 min, most preferably 52±5 g/10 min and in particular 52±2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In yet a further preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 60±35 g/10 min, more preferably 60±25 g/10 min, still more preferably 60±15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 60±13 g/10 min, even more preferably 60±10 g/10 min, most preferably 60±7 g/10 min and in particular 60±5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In even a further preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 80±35 g/10 min, more preferably 80±25 g/10 min, still more preferably 80±15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 80±13 g/10 min, even more preferably 80±10 g/10 min, most preferably 80±7 g/10 min and in particular 80±5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 100±35 g/10 min, more preferably 100±25 g/10 min, still more preferably 100±15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 100±13 g/10 min, even more preferably 100±10 g/10 min, most preferably 100±7 g/10 min and in particular 100±5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 125±35 g/10 min, more preferably 125±25 g/10 min, still more preferably 125±15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 125±13 g/10 min, even more preferably 125±10 g/10 min, most preferably 125±7 g/10 min and in particular 125±5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 150±35 g/10 min, more preferably 150±25 g/10 min, still more preferably 150±15 g/10 min, yet more preferably 150±13 g/10 min, even more preferably 150±10 g/10 min, most preferably 150±7 g/10 min and in particular 150±5 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52±2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
  • The EVA polymer may comprise a single EVA polymer having a particular melt flow rate, or a mixture (blend) of different EVA polymers, such as two, three, four or five EVA polymers, e.g., EVA polymers of the same chemical nature but different melt flow rates, EVA polymers of different chemical nature but same melt flow rates, or EVA polymers of different chemical nature as well as different melt flow rates.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer comprises a single EVA polymer having a particular melt flow rate. According to this embodiment, the EVA preferably comprises a single EVA polymer having a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52±2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238 and preferably containing 60±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
  • The EVA polymer preferably has a melting point in the range of 40 to 100° C., determined via differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a melting point of 40±10° C., 47±10° C., 52±10° C., 58±10° C., 65±10° C., 70±10° C., 80±10° C., 90±10° C. or 96±10° C., more preferably 40±5° C., 47±5° C., 52±5° C., 58±5° C., 65±5° C., 70±5° C., 80±5° C., 90±5° C. or 96±5° C., determined via differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • The EVA polymer preferably has a freezing point in the range of 20 to 80° C., determined via DSC in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer has a freezing point of 20±10° C., 27±10° C., 30±10° C., 35±10° C., 40±10° C., 49±10° C., 60±10° C., 70±10° C. or 74±10° C., more preferably 20±5° C., 27±5° C., 30±5° C., 35±5° C., 40±5° C., 49±5° C., 60±5° C., 70±5° C. or 74±° C., determined via DSC in accordance with ASTM D3418.
  • Particularly preferably, the EVA polymer has a melting point of 47±5° C. and a freezing point of 27±5° C., both determined via DSC in accordance with ASTM D3418
  • In a preferred embodiment, the EVA polymer is homogeneously distributed in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the EVA polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed in the particles according to the invention that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient. Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer are intimately homogeneously distributed in the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively, so that the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively, do not contain any segments where either pharmacologically active ingredient is present in the absence of EVA polymer or where EVA polymer is present in the absence of pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively, are film coated, the EVA polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain EVA polymer. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the EVA polymer contained in the core.
  • EVA polymers that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. from Celanese, for example Ateva® 1081, Ateva® 1070, Ateva® 1075A, Ateva® 1221, Ateva® 11231, Ateva® 1241, Ateva® 1615, Ateva® 1641, Ateva® 1608, Ateva® 1609, Ateva® 1811, Ateva® 1813, Ateva® 1820, Ateva® 1821A, Ateva® 1850A, Ateva® 1880A, Ateva® 1941, Ateva® 2005A, Ateva® 2030, Ateva® 2020, Ateva® 2604A, Ateva® 2810A, Ateva® 2861A, Ateva® 9020, Ateva® 2820A, Ateva® 2821A, Ateva® 9021A, Ateva® 2825A, Ateva® 2830A, Ateva® 2842A, Ateva® 2842AC, Ateva® 2850A, Ateva® 9030, Ateva® 3325A, Ateva® 3325AC, Ateva® 4030AC, VitalDose® EVA; and from DuPont, for example, Elvax® 40W, Elvax® 220W, Elvax® 265, Elvax® 40L-03, Elvax® 660, Elvax® 150, Elvax® 150W, Elvax® 210W, Elvax® 240W, Elvax® 250, Elvax® 260, Elvax® 350, Elvax® 360, Elvax® 410, Elvax® 420, Elvax® 440, Elvax® 450, Elvax® 460, Elvax® 470, Elvax® 550, Elvax® 560, Elvax® 650Q, Elvax® 670, Elvax® 750, Elvax® 760, Elvax® 760Q, Elvax® 770. Preferred polymers are Elvax® 40W, Elvax® 220W, Elvax® 265, Elvax® 40L-03 and Elvax® 660. For details concerning the properties of these products, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • The content of the EVA polymer is preferably within the range of from 5.0 to 95 wt.-%, more preferably 7 to 94 wt.-%, still more preferably 9 to 93 wt.-%, yet more preferably 11 to 92 wt.-%, most preferably 13 to 91 wt.-%, and in particular 15 to 90 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form. When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, these percent values preferably are related to the total weight of the particles, not to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is within the range of from 20 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 25 to 78 wt.-%, still more preferably 30 to 76 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 to 74 wt.-%, most preferably 40 to 72 wt.-% and in particular 45 to 70 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is at least 2 wt.-%, more preferably at least 5 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 15 wt.-% and in particular at least 20 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is at least 30 wt.-%, more preferably at least 35 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 45 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 50, most preferably at least 55 wt.-% and in particular at least 60 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 20±15 wt.-%, more preferably 20±12 wt.-%, still more preferably 20±10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20±8 wt.-%, even more preferably 20±6 wt.-%, most preferably 20±4 wt.-% and in particular 20±2 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 30±25 wt.-%, more preferably 30±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 30±17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30±13 wt.-%, even more preferably 30±10 wt.-%, most preferably 30±7 wt.-% and in particular 30±5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 40±35 wt.-%, more preferably 40±30 wt.-%, still more preferably 40±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40±20 wt.-%, even more preferably 40±15 wt.-%, most preferably 40±10 wt.-% and in particular 40±5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 50±45 wt.-%, more preferably 50±35 wt.-%, still more preferably 50±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50±20 wt.-%, even more preferably 50±15 wt.-%, most preferably 50±10 wt.-% and in particular 50±5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In even another preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 55±40 wt.-%, more preferably 55±35 wt.-%, still more preferably 55±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 55±20 wt.-%, even more preferably 55±15 wt.-%, most preferably 55±10 wt.-% and in particular 55±5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 60±35 wt.-%, more preferably 60±30 wt.-%, still more preferably 60±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 60±20 wt.-%, even more preferably 60±15 wt.-%, most preferably 60±10 wt.-% and in particular 60±5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still a further preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 65±30 wt.-%, more preferably 65±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 65±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65±15 wt.-%, even more preferably 65±10 wt.-%, most preferably 65±7 wt.-% and in particular 65±5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In yet a further preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 70±25 wt.-%, more preferably 70±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 70±17 wt.-%, yet more preferably 70±13 wt.-%, even more preferably 70±10 wt.-%, most preferably 70±7 wt.-% and in particular 70±5 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In even a further preferred embodiment, the content of the EVA polymer is 80±15 wt.-%, more preferably 80±12 wt.-%, still more preferably 80±10 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80±8 wt.-%, even more preferably 80±6 wt.-%, most preferably 80±4 wt.-% and in particular 80±2 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form comprises a prolonged release matrix containing the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material, the content of the EVA polymer is preferably within the range of from 5 to 100 wt.-%, more preferably 20 to 98 wt.-%, still more preferably 35 to 96 wt.-%, yet more preferably 45 to 95 wt.-%, even more preferably 55 to 94 wt.-%, most preferably 65 to 93 wt.-%, and in particular 75 to 92 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the prolonged release matrix, i.e. total weight of the prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the EVA polymer to the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 15:1 to 1:15, still more preferably 10:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 7:1 to 1:7, most preferably 5:1 to 1:5, and in particular 3:1 to 1:1.
  • In a preferred embodiment, when the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a prolonged release matrix, the prolonged release matrix in turn comprises an additional prolonged release matrix material besides the prolonged release matrix material, i.e. the EVA polymer. Thus, the additional prolonged release matrix material is to be distinguished from the prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • Preferably, the additional prolonged release matrix material is a polymer selected from the group comprising polyalkylene oxides, acrylic polymers, crosslinked acrylic polymers, mixtures of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate, waxy materials, polyalkylene glycols and natural polysaccharides, such as celluloses, cellulose derivatives and xanthan gum.
  • The content of the additional prolonged release matrix material is preferably within the range of from 1 to 90 wt.-%, more preferably 2 to 80 wt.-%, still more preferably 3 to 70 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.5 to 60 wt.-%, even more preferably 4 to 50 wt.-%, most preferably 4.5 to 40 wt.-%, and in particular 5 to 30 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the prolonged release matrix.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the additional prolonged release matrix material is at least 2 wt.-%, more preferably at least 5 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 10 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 15 wt.-% and in particular at least 20 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • The overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is preferably within the range of from 1 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 2 to 45 wt.-%, still more preferably 3 to 35 wt.-%, yet more preferably 4 to 28 wt.-%, even more preferably 5 to 25 wt.-%, most preferably 5 to 22 wt.-%, and in particular 5 to 20 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 5±4 wt.-%, more preferably 5±3 wt.-%, most preferably 5±2 wt.-%, and in particular 5±1 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 7.5±6 wt.-%, more preferably 7.5±4 wt.-%, most preferably 7.5±3 wt.-%, and in particular 7.5±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 10±8 wt.-%, more preferably 10±6 wt.-%, most preferably 10±4 wt.-%, and in particular 10±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 15±12 wt.-%, more preferably 15±10 wt.-%, most preferably 15±7 wt.-%, and in particular 15±3 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In even another preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 20±16 wt.-%, more preferably 20±12 wt.-%, most preferably 20±8 wt.-%, and in particular 20±4 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 25±20 wt.-%, more preferably 25±15 wt.-%, most preferably 25±10 wt.-%, and in particular 25±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 30±20 wt.-%, more preferably 30±15 wt.-%, most preferably 30±10 wt.-%, and in particular 30±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In yet a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 35±20 wt.-%, more preferably 35±15 wt.-%, most preferably 35±10 wt.-%, and in particular 35±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In even a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 40±20 wt.-%, more preferably 40±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 40±10 wt.-%, and in particular 40±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 45±20 wt.-%, more preferably 45±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 45±10 wt.-%, and in particular 45±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the overall content of additional prolonged release matrix material is within the range of 50±20 wt.-%, more preferably 50±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 50±10 wt.-%, and in particular 50±5 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the additional prolonged release matrix material to the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 10:1 to 1:15, still more preferably 7:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:7, most preferably 1:1 to 1:5, and in particular 1:2 to 1:5.
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the additional prolonged release matrix material to the prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix is within the range of 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 10:1 to 1:18, still more preferably 7:1 to 1:16, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:14, most preferably 1:1 to 1:12, and in particular 1:5 to 1:10.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a prolonged release matrix which in turn comprises
    • (i) an EVA polymer as a prolonged release matrix material, wherein the EVA polymer comprises a single EVA polymer having a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52±2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238 and preferably containing 60±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer; and
    • (ii) an additional prolonged release matrix material which is preferably a polymer selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene oxides, crosslinked acrylic polymers and matrices based on polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl pyrrolidone;
    • wherein
    • (iii) the relative weight content of the prolonged release matrix material is preferably greater than the relative weight content of the additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is a polyalkylene oxide, preferably a polyethylene oxide, particularly preferably having a weight average molecular weight of at least 500,000 g/mol.
  • When the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises a polyalkylene oxide, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles is/are film coated, the polyalkylene oxide is preferably homogeneously distributed within the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain polyalkylene oxide. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the polyalkylene oxide contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles.
  • Preferably, the polyalkylene oxide is selected from polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, or copolymers or mixtures thereof.
  • Preferably, the polyalkylene oxide has a weight average molecular weight (MW), preferably also a viscosity average molecular weight (Mη) of more than 200,000 g/mol or at least 500,000 g/mol, preferably at least 1,000,000 g/mol or at least 2,500,000 g/mol, more preferably in the range of about 1,000,000 g/mol to about 15,000,000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of about 5,000,000 g/mol to about 10,000,000 g/mol. Suitable methods to determine MW and Mη are known to a person skilled in the art. M is preferably determined by rheological measurements, whereas MW can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Preferably, the molecular weight dispersity MW/Mη of the polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 2.5±2.0, more preferably 2.5±1.5, still more preferably 2.5±1.0, yet more preferably 2.5±0.8, most preferably 2.5±0.6, and in particular 2.5±0.4.
  • The polyalkylene oxide preferably has a viscosity at 25° C. of 30 to 17,600 mPa·s, more preferably 55 to 17,600 mPa·s, still more preferably 600 to 17,600 mPa·s, yet more preferably 4,500 to 17,600 mPa·s, even more preferably 4,500 to 12,000 mPa·s, most preferably 5,000 to 10,500 mPa·s and in particular 5,500 to 7,500 mPa·s or 7,500 to 10,000 mPa·s, measured in a 1 wt.-% aqueous solution.
  • The polyalkylene oxide may comprise a single polyalkylene oxide having a particular average molecular weight, or a mixture (blend) of different polymers, such as two, three, four or five polymers, e.g., polymers of the same chemical nature but different average molecular weight, polymers of different chemical nature but same average molecular weight, or polymers of different chemical nature as well as different molecular weight.
  • For the purpose of specification, a polyalkylene glycol has a molecular weight of up to 20,000 g/mol whereas a polyalkylene oxide has a molecular weight of more than 20,000 g/mol. Preferably, the weight average over all molecular weights of all polyalkylene oxides that are contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form is more than 200,000 g/mol. Thus, polyalkylene glycols, if any, are preferably not taken into consideration when determining the weight average molecular weight of polyalkylene oxide.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is a polyalkylene oxide, more preferably a polyethylene oxide, having a weight average molecular weight (MW), preferably also a viscosity average molecular weight (Mη) in the range of about 5,000,000 g/mol to about 10,000,000 g/mol.
  • The overall content of polyalkylene oxide is preferably within the range of from 1 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 3 to 45 wt.-%, still more preferably 5 to 35 wt.-%, yet more preferably 7 to 28 wt.-%, even more preferably 8 to 25 wt.-%, most preferably 9 to 22 wt.-%, and in particular 10 to 20 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 15±12 wt.-%, more preferably 15±10 wt.-%, most preferably 15±7 wt.-%, and in particular 15±3 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is a mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate.
  • When the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises a mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles is/are film coated, the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is preferably homogeneously distributed within the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain any mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles.
  • Preferably, the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate contains 10 to 30 wt.-% polyvinyl pyrrolidone and 70 to 90 wt.-% of polyvinyl acetate, more preferably 18 to 21 wt.-% polyvinyl pyrrolidone and 75 to 85 wt.-% of polyvinyl acetate and most preferably 19 wt.-% polyvinyl pyrrolidone and 80 wt.-% of polyvinyl acetate.
  • The weight ratio between polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl pyrrolidone preferably is in the range from 20:1 to 1:20, more preferably 16:1 to 1:10, still more preferably 13:1 to 1:5, yet more preferably 10:1 to 1:2, even more preferably 7:1 to 1:1, most preferably 5:1 to 2:1 and in particular 4.5:1 to 3.5:1.
  • Preferably, the polyvinyl acetate has a weight average molecular weight (MW) of 450,000±100,000 g/mol, more preferably 450,000±80,000 g/mol, still more preferably 450,000±50,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 450,000±10,000 g/mol, even more preferably 450,000±1,000 g/mol, most preferably 450,000±500 g/mol and in particular 450,000±100 g/mol. MW can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Preferably, the polyvinyl pyrrolidone has a weight average molecular weight (MW) of 50,000±10,000 g/mol, more preferably 50,000±8,000 g/mol, still more preferably 50,000±5,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 50,000±1,000 g/mol, even more preferably 50,000±800 g/mol, most preferably 50,000±500 g/mol and in particular 50,000±100 g/mol.
  • The weight average molecular weight (MW) of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate can be expressed as K-value according to the method described in the USP and Ph. Eur. monographs “Povidone”, measured in a 1% solution in tetrahydrofurane, wherein the K-value preferably is in the range of from 40 to 80, more preferably 45 to 78, still more preferably 50 to 75, most preferably 55 to 70 and in particular 60 to 65.
  • Preferably, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is in the range of 35±10° C., more preferably 35±6° C. and most preferably 35±3° C.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is a mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate, wherein said mixture has a K-value in the range of from 60 to 65, measured in a 1% solution in tetrahydrofurane according to the method described in the USP and Ph. Eur. monographs “Povidone” and/or wherein the weight ratio between polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl pyrrolidone is in the range of 4.5:1 to 3.5:1.
  • The overall content of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is preferably within the range of from 1.0 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 2.0 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 3.0 to 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.5 to 30 wt.-%, even more preferably 4.0 to 25 wt.-%, most preferably 4.5 to 20 wt.-%, and in particular 5 to 15 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the overall content of the mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate is within the range of 10±8 wt.-%, more preferably 10±6 wt.-%, most preferably 10±4 wt.-%, and in particular 10±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Mixtures of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. from BASF, such as Kollidon® SR. For details concerning the properties of this product, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is an acrylic polymer.
  • When the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises an acrylic polymer, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles is/are film coated, the acrylic polymer is preferably homogeneously distributed within the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain acrylic polymer. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the acrylic polymer contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles.
  • Preferably, the acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight within the range of from 100,000 g/mol to 2,000,000 g/mol. In a preferred embodiment, the acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight (MW) or viscosity average molecular weight (Mη) of at least 150,000 or at least 200,000 g/mol, preferably at least 250,000 g/mol or at least 300,000 g/mol, more preferably in the range of about 300,000 g/mol to about 2,000,000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of about 300,000 g/mol to about 1,000,000 g/mol. Suitable methods to determine MW and Mη are known to a person skilled in the art. Mη is preferably determined by rheological measurements, whereas MW can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • The acrylic polymer can be a nonionic acrylic polymer or an ionic acrylic polymer. For the purpose of specification, “nonionic polymer” refers to a polymer not containing more than 1 mole.-% ionic, i.e. anionic or cationic, monomer units, preferably containing no ionic monomer units at all.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is an ionic acrylic polymer.
  • Preferred ionic acrylic polymers are anionic acrylic polymers. Preferred anionic acrylic polymers include but are not limited to homopolymers or copolymers of one or two different C1-4-alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers and copolymerizable anionic monomers such as acrylic acid.
  • For the purpose of the specification, “(meth)acryl” refers to acryl as well as methacryl.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is an anionic acrylic polymer, preferably polyacrylic acid. According to this embodiment, the polyacrylic acid preferably has a viscosity within the range of 2,000 to 20,000 mPa·s, more preferably 3,000 to 18,000 mPa·s, still more preferably 3,500 to 16,000 mPa·s, yet more preferably 3,600 to 14,000 mPa·s, even more preferably 3,700 to 13,000 mPa·s, most preferably 3,800 to 12,000, and in particular 4,000 to 11,000 mPa·s, measured with a Brookfield RVT, 20 rpm, spindle no. 5 at 25° C. and 0.5 wt.-% neutralized to pH 7.3-7.8.
  • The acrylic polymer, preferably the anionic acrylic polymer, more preferably the polyacrylic acid polymer can optionally be crosslinked. Preferred crosslinking agents include allyl pentaerythritol, allyl sucrose, ethylene glycol di(methacrylate), methylenebisacrylamide and divinyl benzene.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the anionic acrylic polymer is a polyacrylic acid polymer which is crosslinked, preferably with ally pentaerythritol, and has a viscosity of 4,000 to 11,000 mPa·s, measured with a Brookfield RVT, 20 rpm, spindle no. 5 at 25° C. and 0.5 wt.-% neutralized to pH 7.3-7.8.
  • Preferably, the overall content of anionic acrylic polymer, preferably polyacrylic acid, more preferably crosslinked polyacrylic acid, is within the range of from 1.0 to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 2.0 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 3.0 to 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.5 to 30 wt.-%, even more preferably 4.0 to 20 wt.-%, most preferably 4.5 to 15 wt.-%, and in particular 5.0 to 12 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Polyacrylic acid polymers that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. from Lubrizol, such as Carbopol® 71G, Carbopol® 971P, Carbopol® 981 and Carbopol® 941. For details concerning the properties of these products, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • Other preferred anionic acrylic polymers are ternary copolymers of methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid. Preferably, the anionic acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight within the range of 280,000±250,000 g/mol, more preferably 280,000±200,000 g/mol, still more preferably 280,000±180,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 280,000±160,000 g/mol, even more preferably 280,000±140,000 g/mol, most preferably 280,000±120,000 g/mol, and in particular 280,000±100,000 g/mol.
  • Further preferred ionic acrylic polymers are cationic acrylic polymers. Preferred cationic acrylic polymers include but are not limited to copolymers of one or two different C1-4-alkyl (meth)acrylate monomers and copolymerizable cationic monomers such as trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate chloride. Preferred representatives are ternary copolymers of ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate and a low content of methacrylic acid ester with quaternary ammonium groups, preferably trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate chloride. Preferably, the cationic acrylic polymer has a weight average molecular weight within the range of 32,000±30,000 g/mol, more preferably 32,000±27,000 g/mol, still more preferably 32,000±23,000 g/mol, yet more preferably 32,000±20,000 g/mol, even more preferably 32,000±17,000 g/mol, most preferably 32,000±13,000 g/mol, and in particular 32,000±10,000 g/mol.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is a nonionic acrylic polymer.
  • Nonionic acrylic polymers that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. from Evonik. For example, Eudragit® NE30D, Eudragit® NE40D and Eudragit® NM30D, which are provided as aqueous dispersions of poly(ethyl acrylate-co-methyl methacrylate) 2:1, may be used in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention. For details concerning the properties of these products, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material is a waxy material.
  • Preferably, the waxy material is selected from the group consisting of
      • glycerides, especially monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides,
      • esters of fatty acids with fatty alcohols, and
      • paraffins.
  • When the additional prolonged release matrix material of the prolonged release matrix comprises a waxy material, it preferably does not additionally comprise any other additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • As used herein a “waxy material” refers to a material which melts into liquid form having low viscosity upon heating and sets again to a solid state upon cooling. Preferably, the waxy material has a melting point of at least 30° C., more preferably at least 35° C., still more preferably at least 40° C., yet more preferably at least 45° C., even more preferably at least 50° C., most preferably at least 55° C., and in particular at least 60° C.
  • When the waxy material is or comprises a monoglyceride, diglyceride, triglyceride or a mixture thereof, it is preferably a mono-, di- or triester of glycerol and carboxylic acids, whereas the carboxylic acid is preferably selected from the group consisting of fatty acids, hydroxy fatty acids and aromatic acids.
  • Preferred glycerides of fatty acids include monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides, and mixtures thereof; preferably of C6 to C22 fatty acids. Especially preferred are partial glycerides of the C16 to C22 fatty acids such as glycerol behenat, glycerol palmitostearate, glycerol monostearate, glycerol trimyristate and glycerol distearate.
  • The term “fatty acid” is well acknowledged in the art and includes for example unsaturated representatives such as myristoleic acid, palmitoleic acid, sapienic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, vaccenic acid, linoleic acid, linoelaidic acid, α-linolenic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, erucic acid, and docosahexaenoic acid; as well as saturated representatives such as caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, and cerotic acid.
  • The term “hydroxy fatty acid” is also well acknowledged in the art and includes for example 2-hydroxyhexanoic acid, 2-hydroxyoctanoic acid, 2-hydroxydecanoic acid, 2-hydroxy-dodecanoic acid, β-hydroxylauric acid, 2-hydroxytetradecanoic acid, β-hydroxymyristic acid, 15-hydroxypentadecanoic acid, 16-hydroxyhexadecanoic acid, β-hydroxypalmitic acid, 12-hydroxyoctadecanoic acid, α-hydroxystearic acid, and α-hydroxyarachidic acid.
  • The fatty acids and the hydroxy fatty acids are preferably saturated.
  • When the waxy material is or comprises a diglyceride or a triglyceride, the fatty acids, hydroxy fatty acids and aromatic acids, respectively, may be identical or different.
  • According to this embodiment of the invention, the waxy material is preferably a hard fat (adeps solidus) in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • Preferably, the waxy material is a monoglyceride, diglyceride, triglyceride or a mixture thereof, selected from the group consisting of hydrogenated soybean oil, hydrogenated palm oil, hydrogenated castor oil, hydrogenated cottonseed oil, and mixtures thereof.
  • When the waxy material is or comprises an ester of a fatty acid with a fatty alcohol, the fatty acid is preferably a saturated fatty acid. Preferred examples of fatty acids are already mentioned above in connection with the glycerides. The fatty alcohol is preferably derived from a fatty acid and preferably also saturated.
  • Preferred representatives of esters of fatty acids with fatty alcohols include but are not limited to natural waxes such as beeswax, carnaubawax, cetyl palmitate, oleyl oleate, spermaceti (cetaceum), candelilla wax, ouricury wax, sugarcane wax, and retamo wax.
  • When the waxy material is or comprises a paraffin, the paraffin is preferably a hard paraffin (paraffinum solidum, ceresin, zeresin) in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • The waxy material may comprise a single waxy material, or a mixture (blend) of different waxy materials, such as two, three, four or five waxy materials, each of which preferably being selected from the group consisting of glycerides, especially monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides; esters of fatty acids with fatty alcohols; and paraffins.
  • Waxy materials that are suitable for use in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are commercially available, e.g. Cera alba, Cera flava, Kolliwax™ HCO, Dynasan 118, Compritol® 888 ATO, Precirol® ATO 5, Gelucire® 44/14. For details concerning the properties of these products, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • Preferred polyalkylene glycols include but are not limited to polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and the copolymers and mixtures thereof. For the purpose of the specification, a polyalkylene glycol has a molecular weight of up to 20,000 g/mol whereas a polyalkylene oxide has a molecular weight of more than 20,000 g/mol.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the polyalkylene glycol has a weight average molecular weight (MW) or viscosity average molecular weight (Mη) in the range of about 1,000 g/mol to about 18000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of about 5,000 g/mol to about 8,000 g/mol. Suitable methods to determine MW and Mη are known to a person skilled in the art. Mη is preferably determined by rheological measurements, whereas MW can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Preferred celluloses and cellulose derivatives include but are not limited to microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose esters and cellulose ethers.
  • Preferred cellulose ethers include nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, propylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose; as well as ionic cellulose ethers, i.e. cationic cellulose ethers or anionic cellulose ethers such as carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • In view of their good solubility in aqueous ethanol, however, ethylcellulose and propylcellulose are preferably only contained in comparatively low amounts (preferably at most 1.0 wt.-%) or not contained at all in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention.
  • Preferred xanthan gums include but are not limited to Grindsted® Xanthan 80 Pharma available from Danisco and CEROGA Xanthan Gum Type 602 available from Roeper.
  • Suitable xanthan gums which are commercially available include XANTURAL® 75, XANTURAL® 180 and XANTURAL® 11K from CP Kelco; VANZAN® NF, VANZAN® NF-F, VANZAN® NF-C from Vanderbilt Minerals; Haixan® PM80, Haixan® PM200, Haixan® PM40 from Zibo Hailan Chemical Co.; Xanthan Gum Pharmaceutical Grade PHARM200 from ICD Biochemistry Co. and Xanthan Gum from Jungbunzlauer.
  • Alternatively or additionally, the additional prolonged release matrix material may comprise one or more polymers, preferably selected from the group consisting of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, poly(alk)acrylate, poly(hydroxy fatty acids), such as for example poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) (Biopol®), poly(hydroxyvaleric acid), polycaprolactone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyesteramide, polyethylene succinate, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyurethane, polyamide, polylactide, polyacetal (for example polysaccharides optionally with modified side chains), polylactide/glycolide, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyorthoester, polyanhydride, block polymers of polyethylene glycol and polybutylene terephthalate (Polyactive®), polyanhydride (Polifeprosan), copolymers thereof, block-copolymers thereof (e.g., Poloxamer®), and mixtures of at least two of the stated polymers, or other polymers with the above characteristics.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient may contain additional pharmaceutical excipients conventionally contained in pharmaceutical dosage forms in conventional amounts, such as antioxidants, preservatives, lubricants, plasticizer, fillers, binders, and the like.
  • The skilled person will readily be able to determine appropriate further excipients as well as the quantities of each of these excipients. Specific examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients are described in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, American Pharmaceutical Association (1986).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient do not contain a disintegrant. According to this embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient preferably do not contain sodium starch glycolate.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient further comprise an antioxidant. Suitable antioxidants include ascorbic acid, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), salts of ascorbic acid, monothioglycerol, phosphorous acid, vitamin C, vitamin E and the derivatives thereof, coniferyl benzoate, nordihydroguaj aretic acid, gallus acid esters, sodium bisulfite, particularly preferably butylhydroxytoluene or butylhydroxyanisole and α-tocopherol. The antioxidant is preferably present in quantities of 0.01 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, more preferably of 0.03 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, most preferably of 0.05 wt.-% to 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient further comprise an acid, preferably citric acid. The amount of acid is preferably in the range of 0.01 wt.-% to about 20 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.02 wt.-% to about 10 wt.-%, and still more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to about 5 wt.-%, and most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to about 1.0 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient contain at least one lubricant. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient contain no lubricant.
  • Especially preferred lubricants are selected from
      • magnesium stearate and stearic acid;
      • polyoxyethylene glycerol fatty acid esters, such as mixtures of mono-, di- and triesters of glycerol and di- and monoesters of macrogols having molecular weights within the range of from 200 to 4000 g/mol, e.g., macrogolglycerolcaprylocaprate, macrogolglycerollaurate, macrogolglycerolococoate, macrogolglycerollinoleate, macrogol-20-glycerolmonostearate, macrogol-6-glycerolcaprylocaprate, macrogolglycerololeate; macrogolglycerolstearate, macrogolglycerolhydroxystearate, and macrogolglycerolrizinoleate;
      • polyglycolyzed glycerides, such as the one known and commercially available under the trade name “Labrasol”;
      • fatty alcohols that may be linear or branched, such as cetylalcohol, stearylalcohol, cetylstearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecane-1-ol and 2-hexyldecane-1-ol; and
      • polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight between 10.000 and 60.000 g/mol.
  • Preferably, the amount of the lubricant ranges from 0.01 wt.-% to about 10 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to about 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to about 5 wt.-%, and in particular in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to about 1 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient further comprise a plasticizer. The plasticizer improves the processability of the prolonged release matrix material and additional prolonged release matrix material, respectively. A preferred plasticizer is polyalkylene glycol, like polyethylene glycol, triacetin, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, waxes and/or microcrystalline waxes. Particularly preferred plasticizers are polyethylene glycols, such as PEG 6000.
  • Preferably, the content of the plasticizer is within the range of from 0.5 to 30 wt.-%, more preferably 1.0 to 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 2.5 wt.-% to 22.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 5.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, most preferably 6 to 20 wt.-% and in particular 7 wt.-% to 17.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively.
  • Plasticizers can sometimes act as a lubricant, and lubricants can sometimes act as a plasticizer.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains no substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx, i.e. substances which, when administered via the nasal passages and/or pharynx, bring about a physical reaction which is either so unpleasant for the patient that he/she does not wish to or cannot continue administration, for example burning, or physiologically counteracts taking of the corresponding active compound, for example due to increased nasal secretion or sneezing. Further examples of substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx are those which cause burning, itching, urge to sneeze, increased formation of secretions or a combination of at least two of these stimuli. Corresponding substances and the quantities thereof which are conventionally to be used are known to the person skilled in the art. Some of the substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx are accordingly based on one or more constituents or one or more plant parts of a hot substance drug. Corresponding hot substance drugs are known per se to the person skilled in the art and are described, for example, in “Pharmazeutische Biologie—Drogen and ihre Inhaltsstoffe” by Prof. Dr. Hildebert Wagner, 2nd., revised edition, Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart-New York, 1982, pages 82 et seq. The corresponding description is hereby introduced as a reference and is deemed to be part of the disclosure.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention furthermore preferably contains no antagonists for the pharmacologically active ingredient, preferably no antagonists against psychotropic substances, in particular no antagonists against opioids. Antagonists suitable for a given pharmacologically active ingredient are known to the person skilled in the art and may be present as such or in the form of corresponding derivatives, in particular esters or ethers, or in each case in the form of corresponding physiologically acceptable compounds, in particular in the form of the salts or solvates thereof. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably contains no antagonists selected from among the group comprising naloxone, naltrexone, nalmefene, nalide, nalmexone, nalorphine or naluphine, in each case optionally in the form of a corresponding physiologically acceptable compound, in particular in the form of a base, a salt or solvate; and no neuroleptics, for example a compound selected from among the group comprising haloperidol, promethacine, fluphenazine, perphenazine, levomepromazine, thioridazine, perazine, chlorpromazine, chlorprothixine, zuclopenthixol, flupentixol, prothipendyl, zotepine, benperidol, pipamperone, melperone and bromperidol.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention furthermore preferably contains no emetic. Emetics are known to the person skilled in the art and may be present as such or in the form of corresponding derivatives, in particular esters or ethers, or in each case in the form of corresponding physiologically acceptable compounds, in particular in the form of the salts or solvates thereof. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably contains no emetic based on one or more constituents of ipecacuanha (ipecac) root, for example based on the constituent emetine, as are, for example, described in “Pharmazeutische Biologie—Drogen and ihre Inhaltsstoffe” by Prof. Dr. Hildebert Wagner, 2nd, revised edition, Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, New York, 1982. The corresponding literature description is hereby introduced as a reference and is deemed to be part of the disclosure. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably also contains no apomorphine as an emetic.
  • Finally, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably also contains no bitter substance. Bitter substances and the quantities effective for use may be found in US-2003/0064099 A1, the corresponding disclosure of which should be deemed to be the disclosure of the present application and is hereby introduced as a reference. Examples of bitter substances are aromatic oils, such as peppermint oil, eucalyptus oil, bitter almond oil, menthol, fruit aroma substances, aroma substances from lemons, oranges, limes, grapefruit or mixtures thereof, and/or denatonium benzoate.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention accordingly preferably contains neither substances which irritate the nasal passages and/or pharynx, nor antagonists for the pharmacologically active ingredient, nor emetics, nor bitter substances.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Particularly preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded in a prolonged release matrix comprising the EVA polymer, wherein the prolonged release matrix provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • For the purpose of specification “prolonged release” preferably means a product in which the rate of release of active compound from the formulation after administration has been reduced over time, in order to maintain therapeutic activity, to reduce toxic effects, or for some other therapeutic purpose such as reducing the dosing frequency.
  • Preferably, under physiological conditions the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention has released after 30 minutes 0.1 to 75%, after 240 minutes 0.5 to 95%, after 480 minutes 1.0 to 100% and after 720 minutes 2.5 to 100% of the pharmacologically active ingredient (A). Further preferred release profiles R1 to R8 are summarized in the table here below [all data in wt.-% of released pharmacologically active ingredient]:
  • time R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R 8
     60 min 0-30 0-50 0-50 15-25 20-30 20-50 40-70  40-80 
    120 min 0-40 0-75 0-75 25-40 35-50 40-75 60-95  80-100
    240 min 3-55 3-95 10-95  40-70 55-75 60-95 80-100
    480 min 10-65  10-100 35-100 60-90 80-95  80-100 90-100
    720 min 20-75  20-100 55-100  70-100  90-100  90-100
    960 min 30-88  30-100 70-100 >80  95-100
    1440 min  50-100 50-100 >90
    2160 min  >80 >80
  • Further preferred release profiles R9 to R16 are summarized in the table here below [all data in wt.-% of released pharmacologically active ingredient]:
  • time R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R 16
     30 min 17.5 ± 7.5 25 ± 15 30 ± 15 30 ± 15 12 ± 10 5 ± 4 2 ± 1.5 50 ± 15
     60 min 27.0 ± 8.0 35 ± 15 38 ± 10 38 ± 10 18 ± 15 6 ± 4 3 ± 2 70 ± 10
    120 min 41.5 ± 9.5 43 ± 15 48 ± 10 48 ± 10 20 ± 10 8 ± 4 4 ± 2 88 ± 10
    240 min  64.5 ± 12.5 60 ± 15 55 ± 10 60 ± 10 32 ± 10 9 ± 5 5 ± 3 90 ± 8 
    480 min  88.0 ± 12.0 83 ± 10 63 ± 10 68 ± 10 50 ± 10 10 ± 5  6 ± 4 >95
    720 min 96.0 ± 9.0 98 ± 2  67 ± 10 70 ± 10 60 ± 10 12 ± 5  6.5 ± 5
    840 min 97.5 ± 7.5 >98 70 ± 15 73 ± 15 65 ± 20 17 ± 10 7 ± 6
  • Suitable in vitro conditions are known to the skilled artisan. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., the Eur. Ph. Preferably, the release profile is measured under the following conditions: Paddle apparatus equipped without sinker, 50 rpm, 37±5° C., 900 mL simulated intestinal fluid pH 6.8 (phosphate buffer) or pH 4.5. In a preferred embodiment, the rotational speed of the paddle is increased to 75 rpm.
  • Preferably, the release profile, the pharmacologically active ingredient, the EVA polymer, the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material and the optionally present pharmaceutical excipients of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention are stable upon storage, preferably upon storage at elevated temperature, e.g. 40° C., for 3 months in sealed containers.
  • In connection with the release profile, the term “stable” preferably means that when comparing the initial release profile with the release profile after storage, at any given time point the release profiles deviate from one another by not more than 20%, more preferably not more than 15%, still more preferably not more than 10%, yet more preferably not more than 7.5%, most preferably not more than 5.0% and in particular not more than 2.5%.
  • In connection with the pharmacologically active ingredient, the EVA polymer, the optionally present additional prolonged release matrix material and the optional pharmaceutical excipients, the term “stable” preferably means that the pharmaceutical dosage forms satisfy the requirements of EMEA concerning shelf-life of pharmaceutical products.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the additional prolonged release matrix material exerts an influence on the release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient. According to this embodiment, a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient, an EVA polymer and an additional prolonged release matrix material preferably exhibits an increased release rate of the pharmacologically active ingredient than a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the same types and amounts of the pharmacologically active ingredient and the EVA polymer but not containing any additional prolonged release matrix material.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration once daily. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration twice daily. In still another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration thrice daily. In yet another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration more frequently than thrice daily, for example 4 times daily, 5 times daily, 6 times daily, 7 times daily or 8 times daily.
  • For the purpose of the specification, “twice daily” means equal or nearly equal time intervals, i.e., about every 12 hours, or different time intervals, e.g., 8 and 16 hours or 10 and 14 hours, between the individual administrations.
  • For the purpose of the specification, “thrice daily” means equal or nearly equal time intervals, i.e., about every 8 hours, or different time intervals, e.g., 6, 6 and 12 hours; or 7, 7 and 10 hours, between the individual administrations.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention provides tamper resistance in terms of resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • Preferably, the prolonged release matrix of the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention not only provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient, but additionally provides tamper resistance, i.e. resistance against solvent extraction, resistance against grinding, and resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • As used herein, the term “tamper resistant” refers to pharmaceutical dosage forms that are resistant to conversion into a form suitable for misuse or abuse by conventional means, particular for nasal and/or intravenous administration.
  • In this regard, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, as such it may be crushable by conventional means such as grinding in a mortar or crushing by means of a hammer. However, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient exhibit mechanical properties such that they cannot be pulverized by conventional means any further. As the particles are of macroscopic size and contain the pharmacologically active ingredient, they cannot be administered nasally thereby rendering the pharmaceutical dosage form tamper resistant.
  • Further, when trying to disrupt the pharmaceutical dosage forms by means of a hammer or mortar, the particles tend to adhere to one another thereby forming aggregates and agglomerates, respectively, which are larger in size than the untreated particles.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention exhibits resistance against solvent extraction. Preferably, the prolonged release matrix provides the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention with resistance against solvent extraction.
  • Preferably, when trying to tamper the pharmaceutical dosage form in order to prepare a formulation suitable for abuse by intravenous administration, the liquid part of the formulation that can be separated from the remainder by means of a syringe at room temperature is as less as possible, preferably it contains not more than 75 or 45 or 40 wt.-%, more preferably not more than 35 wt.-%, still more preferably not more than 30 wt.-%, yet more preferably not more than 25 wt.-%, even more preferably not more than 20 wt.-%, most preferably not more than 15 wt.-% and in particular not more than 10 wt.-% of the originally contained pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • Preferably, this property is tested by (i) dispensing a pharmaceutical dosage form that is either intact or has been manually comminuted by means of two spoons in 5 ml of solvent, either purified water or aqueous ethanol (40 vol. %), (ii) allowing the dispersion to stand for 10 min at room temperature, (iii) drawing up the hot liquid into a syringe (needle 21G equipped with a cigarette filter), and (iv) determining the amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained in the liquid within the syringe.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention exhibits resistance against grinding. Preferably, the prolonged release matrix provides the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention with resistance against grinding.
  • Preferably, when a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is treated with a commercial coffee mill, preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 minutes, 42±17.5 wt.-%, more preferably 42±15 wt.-%, still more preferably 42±12.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 42±10 wt.-%, even more preferably 42±7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 42±5 wt.-%, and in particular 42±2.5 wt.-%, of the total weight of the thus obtained material does not pass a sieve having a mesh size of 1.000 mm.
  • Preferably, when a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is treated with a commercial coffee mill, preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13, for 2 minutes, 57±17.5 wt.-%, more preferably 57±15 wt.-%, still more preferably 57±12.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 57±10 wt.-%, even more preferably 57±7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 57±5 wt.-%, and in particular 57±2.5 wt.-%, of the total weight of the thus obtained material does not pass a sieve having a mesh size of 1.000 mm.
  • Preferably, when a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is treated with a commercial coffee mill, preferably type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13, for 2 minutes, at least 50 wt.-%, more preferably at least 55 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 60 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 65 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 70 wt.-%, most preferably at least 75 wt.-%, and in particular at least 80 wt.-%, of the total weight of the thus obtained material does not pass a sieve having a mesh size of 1.000 mm.
  • Particle size distributions of the ground pharmaceutical dosage form are preferably determined by sieve analysis.
  • In a preferred embodiment, more than 55%, more preferably more than 60%, still more preferably more than 65%, yet more preferably more than 70%, most preferably 75% and in particular more than 80% of the particles of the ground pharmaceutical dosage form have a size in the range of from 0.2 to 3.3 nm, more preferably of from 0.4 to 3.1 nm, most preferably of from 0.6 to 2.9 and in particular of from 0.7 to 2.8 nm.
  • Preferred particle distributions P1 to P4 are summarized in the table below:
  • particle size amount in %
    [nm] P1 P2 P3 P4
    <0.045 0.5 ± 0.4  0.1 ± 0.09  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29
    0.045-0.063 0.5 ± 0.4  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29
    0.063-0.090 0.5 ± 0.4  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29 1.0 ± 0.9
    0.090-0.125 0.5 ± 0.4  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29 1.0 ± 0.9
    0.125-0.180 0.5 ± 0.4 3.0 ± 2.9 2.0 ± 1.5 2.0 ± 1.5
    0.180-0.250 1.5 ± 1.4 1.0 ± 0.8 2.0 ± 1.5 1.0 ± 0.9
    0.250-0.355 4.0 ± 3.5 5.0 ± 4.0 4.0 ± 3.5 3.5 ± 2.5
    0.355-0.500 7.0 ± 6.0 5.0 ± 4.0 6.0 ± 4.5 7.0 ± 6.0
    0.500-0.710 11.0 ± 8.0  9.0 ± 7.0 11.0 ± 8.0  10.0 ± 7.0 
    0.710-1.000 15.0 ± 12.0 10.0 ± 7.0  17.0 ± 14.0 18.0 ± 15.0
    1.000-1.400 20.0 ± 17.0 18.0 ± 15.0 23.0 ± 20.0 28.0 ± 25.0
    1.400-2.000 23.0 ± 20.0 19.0 ± 16.0 12.0 ± 9.0  18.0 ± 15.0
    2.000-2.800 13.0 ± 10.0 16.0 ± 13.0 13.0 ± 10.0 11.0 ± 8.0 
    2.800-4.000 1.0 ± 0.8 14.0 ± 11.0 12.0 ± 9.0   0.3 ± 0.29
    >4.00   0.5 ± 0.45  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29  0.5 ± 0.45
  • Further preferred particle distributions P5 to P8 are summarized in the table below:
  • particle size amount in %
    [nm] P5 P6 P7 P8
    <0.045  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29
    0.045-0.063  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29 1.0 ± 0.9  0.3 ± 0.29
    0.063-0.090  0.3 ± 0.29  0.3 ± 0.29 1.5 ± 1.0  0.3 ± 0.29
    0.090-0.125  0.3 ± 0.29 1.0 ± 0.9 3.5 ± 3.0  0.3 ± 0.29
    0.125-0.180 1.0 ± 0.9 1.0 ± 0.9 1.0 ± 0.9 3.0 ± 2.9
    0.180-0.250 2.0 ± 1.5 1.0 ± 0.9  0.3 ± 0.29 1.5 ± 1.0
    0.250-0.355 5.0 ± 4.0 3.0 ± 2.9  0.3 ± 0.29 2.0 ± 1.9
    0.355-0.500 7.0 ± 6.0 7.0 ± 6.0 5.0 ± 4.0 1.0 ± 0.9
    0.500-0.710 13.0 ± 10.0 9.0 ± 7.0 8.0 ± 6.0 3.5 ± 2.5
    0.710-1.000 18.0 ± 15.0 13.0 ± 10.0 55.0 ± 30.0 19.5 ± 15.0
    1.000-1.400 25.0 ± 22.0 20.0 ± 17.0 6.5 ± 5.0 70.1 ± 50.0
    1.400-2.000 10.0 ± 7.0  22.0 ± 19.0 13.0 ± 10.0 2.0 ± 1.9
    2.000-2.800 14.0 ± 11.0 12.0 ± 9.0  3.0 ± 2.9  0.3 ± 0.29
    2.800-4.000 4.0 ± 3.5 9.0 ± 7.0 2.0 ± 1.9  0.3 ± 0.29
    >4.00   0.3 ± 0.29  0.5 ± 0.45 13.0 ± 10.0 1.5 ± 1.0
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic and has a breaking strength of at least 300 N or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is multiparticulate, at least a fraction of the individual particles have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
  • Preferably, the mechanical properties, particularly the breaking strength, substantially relies on the presence and spatial distribution of the EVA polymer (the prolonged release matrix material), although its mere presence does typically not suffice in order to achieve said properties. The advantageous mechanical properties may not automatically be achieved by simply processing pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA polymer (the prolonged release matrix material), optionally additional prolonged release matrix material, and optionally further excipients by means of conventional methods for the preparation of pharmaceutical dosage forms. In fact, usually suitable apparatuses must be selected for the preparation and critical processing parameters must be adjusted, particularly pressure/force, temperature and time. Thus, even if conventional apparatuses are used, the process protocols usually must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria.
  • In general, the desired properties may be obtained only if, during preparation of the pharmaceutical dosage form,
      • suitable components
      • in suitable amounts
        are exposed to
      • a sufficient pressure
      • at a sufficient temperature
      • for a sufficient period of time.
  • Thus, regardless of the apparatus used, the process protocols must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria. Therefore, the breaking strength is separable from the composition.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles according to the invention which contain the pharmacologically active ingredient preferably have a breaking strength of at least 300 N, at least 400 N, or at least 500 N, preferably at least 600 N, more preferably at least 700 N, still more preferably at least 800 N, yet more preferably at least 1000 N, most preferably at least 1250 N and in particular at least 1500 N.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is an oblong tablet, preferably the breaking strengths of the pharmaceutical dosage form across and lengthwise are each at least 200 N, at least 300 N, at least 400 N, at least 500 N, at least 600 N, at least 700 N, at least 800 N, at least 1000 N or at least 1500 N.
  • The “breaking strength” (resistance to crushing) of a pharmaceutical dosage form and of a particle is known to the skilled person. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., W. A. Ritschel, Die Tablette, 2. Auflage, Editio Cantor Verlag Aulendorf, 2002; H Liebermann et al., Pharmaceutical dosage forms: Pharmaceutical dosage forms, Vol. 2, Informa Healthcare; 2 edition, 1990; and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, Informa Healthcare; 1 edition.
  • For the purpose of specification, the breaking strength is preferably defined as the amount of force that is necessary in order to fracture a pharmaceutical dosage form and a particle, respectively (=breaking force). Therefore, for the purpose of specification, a pharmaceutical dosage form and a particle, respectively, does preferably not exhibit the desired breaking strength when it breaks, i.e., is fractured into at least two independent parts that are separated from one another. In another preferred embodiment, however, the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, is regarded as being broken if the force decreases by 25% (threshold value) of the highest force measured during the measurement (see below).
  • The pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention are distinguished from conventional pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, in that due to their breaking strength, they cannot be pulverized by the application of force with conventional means, such as for example a pestle and mortar, a hammer, a mallet or other usual means for pulverization, in particular devices developed for this purpose (pharmaceutical dosage form crushers). In this regard “pulverization” means crumbling into small particles. Avoidance of pulverization virtually rules out oral or parenteral, in particular intravenous or nasal abuse.
  • Conventional pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, typically have a breaking strength well below 200 N.
  • The breaking strength of conventional round pharmaceutical dosage forms/particles may be estimated according to the following empirical formula:

  • Breaking Strength [in N]=10×Diameter of pharmaceutical dosage form/particle [in mm].
  • Thus, according to said empirical formula, a round pharmaceutical dosage form/particle having a breaking strength of at least 300 N would require a diameter of at least 30 mm. Such a particle, however, could not be swallowed, let alone a pharmaceutical dosage form containing a plurality of such particles. The above empirical formula preferably does not apply to the pharmaceutical dosage form and particles, respectively, according to the invention, which are not conventional but rather special.
  • Further, the actual mean chewing force is about 220 N (cf., e.g., P. A. Proeschel et al., J Dent Res, 2002, 81(7), 464-468). This means that conventional pharmaceutical dosage forms and particle, respectively, having a breaking strength well below 200 N may be crushed upon spontaneous chewing, whereas the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention may preferably not.
  • Still further, when applying a gravitational acceleration of about 9.81 m/s2, 300 N correspond to a gravitational force of more than 30 kg, i.e. the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention can preferably withstand a weight of more than 30 kg without being pulverized.
  • Methods for measuring the breaking strength are known to the skilled artisan. Suitable devices are commercially available.
  • For example, the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) can be measured in accordance with the Eur. Ph. 5.0, 2.9.8 or 6.0, 2.09.08 “Resistance to Crushing of Pharmaceutical dosage forms”. The particles may be subjected to the same or similar breaking strength test as the pharmaceutical dosage form. The test is intended to determine, under defined conditions, the resistance to crushing of pharmaceutical dosage forms and individual particles, respectively, measured by the force needed to disrupt them by crushing. The apparatus consists of 2 jaws facing each other, one of which moves towards the other. The flat surfaces of the jaws are perpendicular to the direction of movement. The crushing surfaces of the jaws are flat and larger than the zone of contact with the pharmaceutical dosage form and individual particle, respectively. The apparatus is calibrated using a system with a precision of 1 Newton. The pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, is placed between the jaws, taking into account, where applicable, the shape, the break-mark and the inscription; for each measurement the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, is oriented in the same way with respect to the direction of application of the force (and the direction of extension in which the breaking strength is to be measured). The measurement is carried out on 10 pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, taking care that all fragments have been removed before each determination. The result is expressed as the mean, minimum and maximum values of the forces measured, all expressed in Newton.
  • A similar description of the breaking strength (breaking force) can be found in the USP. The breaking strength can alternatively be measured in accordance with the method described therein where it is stated that the breaking strength is the force required to cause a pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, to fail (i.e., break) in a specific plane. The pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, are generally placed between two platens, one of which moves to apply sufficient force to the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, to cause fracture. For conventional, round (circular cross-section) pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, loading occurs across their diameter (sometimes referred to as diametral loading), and fracture occurs in the plane. The breaking force of pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, is commonly called hardness in the pharmaceutical literature; however, the use of this term is misleading. In material science, the term hardness refers to the resistance of a surface to penetration or indentation by a small probe. The term crushing strength is also frequently used to describe the resistance of pharmaceutical dosage forms and particle, respectively, to the application of a compressive load. Although this term describes the true nature of the test more accurately than does hardness, it implies that pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, are actually crushed during the test, which is often not the case.
  • Alternatively, the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) can be measured in accordance with WO 2008/107149, which can be regarded as a modification of the method described in the Eur. Ph. The apparatus used for the measurement is preferably a “Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, Fmax=2.5 kN with a maximum draw of 1150 mm, which should be set up with one column and one spindle, a clearance behind of 100 mm and a test speed adjustable between 0.1 and 800 mm/min together with testControl software. Measurement is performed using a pressure piston with screw-in inserts and a cylinder (diameter 10 mm), a force transducer, Fmax. 1 kN, diameter=8 mm, class 0.5 from 10 N, class 1 from 2 N to ISO 7500-1, with manufacturer's test certificate M according to DIN 55350-18 (Zwick gross force Fmax=1.45 kN) (all apparatus from Zwick GmbH & Co. KG, Ulm, Germany) with Order No BTC-FR 2.5 TH. D09 for the tester, Order No BTC-LC 0050N. P01 for the force transducer, Order No BO 70000 S06 for the centring device.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, is regarded as being broken if it is fractured into at least two separate pieces.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention preferably exhibit mechanical strength over a wide temperature range, in addition to the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) optionally also sufficient hardness, impact resistance, impact elasticity, tensile strength and/or modulus of elasticity, optionally also at low temperatures (e.g. below −24° C., below −40° C. or possibly even in liquid nitrogen), for it to be virtually impossible to pulverize by spontaneous chewing, grinding in a mortar, pounding, etc. Thus, preferably, the comparatively high breaking strength of the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention is maintained even at low or very low temperatures, e.g., when the pharmaceutical dosage form is initially chilled to increase its brittleness, for example to temperatures below −25° C., below −40° C. or even in liquid nitrogen.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention is characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength. This does not mean that it must also exhibit a certain degree of hardness. Hardness and breaking strength are different physical properties. Therefore, the tamper resistance of the pharmaceutical dosage form does not necessarily depend on the hardness of the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively. For instance, due to its breaking strength, impact strength, elasticity modulus and tensile strength, respectively, the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, can preferably be deformed, e.g. plastically, when exerting an external force, for example using a hammer, but cannot be pulverized, i.e., crumbled into a high number of fragments. In other words, the pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, according to the invention are characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength, but not necessarily also by a certain degree of form stability.
  • Therefore, in the meaning of the specification, a pharmaceutical dosage form and particle, respectively, that is deformed when being exposed to a force in a particular direction of extension but that does not break (plastic deformation or plastic flow) is preferably to be regarded as having the desired breaking strength in said direction of extension.
  • Preferred pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, are those having a suitable tensile strength as determined by a test method currently accepted in the art. Further preferred pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, are those having a Young's Modulus as determined by a test method of the art. Still further preferred pharmaceutical dosages form and particles, respectively, are those having an acceptable elongation at break.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention exhibits resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol. Preferably, the prolonged release matrix provides the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention with resistance against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form can be tested in vitro using ethanol/simulated gastric fluid of 0%, 20% and 40% to evaluate alcohol extractability. Testing is preferably performed using standard procedures, e.g. USP Apparatus 1 (basket) or USP Apparatus 2 (paddle) at e.g. 50 rpm or 75 rpm in e.g. 500 ml of media at 37° C., using a Perkin Elmer UV/VIS Spectrometer Lambda 20, UV at an appropriate wavelength for detection of the pharmacologically active ingredient present therein. Sample time points preferably include 0.5 and 1 hour.
  • Preferably, when comparing the in vitro release profile at 37° C. in simulated gastric fluid with the in vitro release profile in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) at 37° C., the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) is preferably not substantially accelerated compared to the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid. Preferably, in this regard “substantially” means that at any given time point the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) relatively deviates from the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid by not more than +25%, more preferably not more than +20%, still more preferably not more than +15%, yet more preferably not more than +10%, even more preferably not more than +7.5%, most preferably not more than +5.0% and in particular not more than +2.5%.
  • A substantial relative acceleration of the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) compared to the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid is to be prevented according to the invention. However, a substantial relative deceleration of the in vitro release in ethanol/simulated gastric fluid (40 vol.-%) compared to the in vitro release in simulated gastric fluid, e.g., a relative deviation by −25% or more, may be possible and can even be desirable.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action is not particularly limited.
  • For the purpose of definition, a pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action is preferably meant to refer to any pharmacologically active ingredient which crosses the blood-brain barrier and acts primarily upon the central nervous system where it affects brain function, resulting in alterations in perception, mood, consciousness, cognition, and behavior.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form contains only a single pharmacologically active ingredient. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form contains a combination of two or more pharmacologically active ingredients.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises a pharmacologically active ingredient having potential for abuse and potential for dose dumping in ethanol. Active ingredients with potential for being abused are known to the person skilled in the art and comprise e.g. tranquillizers, stimulants, barbiturates, narcotics, opioids or opioid derivatives.
  • Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of opiates, opioids, stimulants, tranquilizers, other narcotics and anesthetics. Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of ethers; halogenated hydrocarbons; pain barbiturates; and barbiturates in combination with other drugs; opioid anesthetics; or any other general anesthetics.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is an opioid or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • According to the ATC index, opioids are divided into natural opium alkaloids, phenylpiperidine derivatives, diphenylpropylamine derivatives, benzomorphan derivatives, oripavine derivatives, morphinan derivatives and others.
  • The following opiates, opioids, tranquillizers, anesthetics or other narcotics are substances with a psychotropic action, i.e. have a potential of abuse, and hence are preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form and the particles, respectively: alfentanil, allobarbital, allylprodine, alphaprodine, alprazolam, amfepramone, amphetamine, amphetaminil, amobarbital, anileridine, apocodeine, axomadol, barbital, bemidone, benzylmorphine, bezitramide, bromazepam, brotizolam, buprenorphine, butobarbital, butorphanol, camazepam, carfentanil, cathine/D-norpseudoephedrine, chlordiazepoxide, clobazam clofedanol, clonazepam, clonitazene, clorazepate, clotiazepam, cloxazolam, cocaine, codeine, cyclobarbital, cyclorphan, cyprenorphine, delorazepam, desomorphine, dextromoramide, dextropropoxyphene, dezocine, diampromide, diamorphone, diazepam, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dihydromorphone, dimenoxadol, dimephetamol, dimethylthiambutene, dioxaphetylbutyrate, dipipanone, dronabinol, eptazocine, estazolam, ethoheptazine, ethylmethylthiambutene, ethyl loflazepate, ethylmorphine, etonitazene, etorphine, faxeladol, fencamfamine, fenethylline, fenpipramide, fenproporex, fentanyl, fludiazepam, flunitrazepam, flurazepam, halazepam, haloxazolam, heroin, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, hydroxypethidine, isomethadone, hydroxymethylmorphinan, ketamine, (S)-ketamine, ketazolam, ketobemidone, levacetylmethadol (LAAM), levomethadone, levorphanol, levophenacylmorphane, levoxemacin, lisdexamfetamine dimesylate, lofentanil, loprazolam, lorazepam, lormetazepam, mazindol, medazepam, mefenorex, meperidine, meprobamate, metapon, meptazinol, metazocine, methylmorphine, metamphetamine, methadone, methaqualone, 3-methylfentanyl, 4-methylfentanyl, methylphenidate, methylphenobarbital, methyprylon, metopon, midazolam, modafinil, morphine, myrophine, nabilone, nalbuphene, nalorphine, narceine, nicomorphine, nimetazepam, nitrazepam, nordazepam, norlevorphanol, normethadone, normorphine, norpipanone, opium, oxazepam, oxazolam, oxycodone, oxymorphone, Papaver somniferum, papaveretum, pemoline, pentazocine, pentobarbital, pethidine, phenadoxone, phenomorphane, phenazocine, phenoperidine, piminodine, pholcodeine, phenmetrazine, phenobarbital, phentermine, pinazepam, pipradrol, piritramide, prazepam, profadol, proheptazine, promedol, properidine, propoxyphene, remifentanil, secbutabarbital, secobarbital, sufentanil, tapentadol, temazepam, tetrazepam, tilidine (cis and trans), tramadol, triazolam, vinylbital, N-(1-methyl-2-piperidinoethyl)-N-(2-pyridyl)-propionamide, (1R,2R)-3-(3-dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methyl-propyl)phenol, (1R,2R,4 S)-2-(dimethylamino)methyl-4-(p-fluorobenzyloxy)-1-(m-methoxyphenyl)cyclohexanol, (1R,2R)-3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohexyl)phenol, (1S,2S)-3-(3-dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methyl-propyl)phenol, (2R,3R)-1-dimethylamino-3(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-pentan-3-ol, (1RS,3RS,6RS)-6-dimethylaminomethyl-1-(3-methoxyphenyl)-cyclohexane-1,3-diol, preferably as racemate, 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)phenyl 2-(4-isobutyl-phenyl)propionate, 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)phenyl 2-(6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl)propionate, 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-phenyl 2-(4-isobutyl-phenyl)propionate, 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-phenyl 2-(6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl)propionate, (RR-SS)-2-acetoxy-4-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-4-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-4-chloro-2-hydroxy-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-4-methyl-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzoicacid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-5-nitro-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2′,4′-difluoro-3-hydroxy-biphenyl-4-carboxylic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, and corresponding stereoisomeric compounds, in each case the corresponding derivatives thereof, physiologically acceptable enantiomers, stereoisomers, diastereomers and racemates and the physiologically acceptable derivatives thereof, e.g. ethers, esters or amides, and in each case the physiologically acceptable compounds thereof, in particular the acid or base addition salts thereof and solvates, e.g. hydrochlorides.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of tramadol, tapentadol, faxeladol and axomadol.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of DPI-125, M6G (CE-04-410), ADL-5859, CR-665, NRP290 and sebacoyl dinalbuphine ester.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of oxycodone, oxymorphone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, taramdol, tapentadol, morphine, buprenorphine and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of 1,1-(3-dimethylamino-3-phenylpentamethylene)-6-fluoro-1,3,4,9-tetrahydropyrano[3,4-b]indole, particularly its hemicitrate; 1,1-[3-dimethyl amino-3-(2-thienyl)pentamethylene]-1,3,4,9-tetrahydropyrano[3,4-b]indole, particularly its citrate; and 1,1-[3-dimethylamino-3-(2-thienyl)pentamethylene]-1,3,4,9-tetrahydropyrano[3,4-b]-6-fluoroindole, particularly its hemicitrate. These compounds are known from, e.g., WO 2004/043967, WO 2005/066183.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient may be present in form of a physiologically acceptable salt, e.g. physiologically acceptable acid addition salt.
  • Physiologically acceptable acid addition salts comprise the acid addition salt forms which can conveniently be obtained by treating the base form of the active ingredient with appropriate organic and inorganic acids. Active ingredients containing an acidic proton may be converted into their non-toxic metal or amine addition salt forms by treatment with appropriate organic and inorganic bases. The term addition salt also comprises the hydrates and solvent addition forms which the active ingredients are able to form. Examples of such forms are e.g. hydrates, alcoholates and the like.
  • It has been surprisingly found that the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient in the pharmaceutical dosage form and in the particles, respectively, can be optimized in order to provide the best compromise between tamper-resistance, disintegration time and drug release, drug load, processability (especially pharmaceutical dosage formability) and patient compliance.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient is present in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount. The amount that constitutes a therapeutically effective amount varies according to the active ingredients being used, the condition being treated, the severity of said condition, the patient being treated, and the frequency of administration.
  • The content of the pharmacologically active ingredient in the pharmaceutical dosage form is not limited. The dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient which is adapted for administration preferably is in the range of 0.1 mg to 500 mg, more preferably in the range of 1.0 mg to 400 mg, even more preferably in the range of 5.0 mg to 300 mg, and most preferably in the range of 10 mg to 250 mg. In a preferred embodiment, the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient that is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form is within the range of from 0.01 to 200 mg, more preferably 0.1 to 190 mg, still more preferably 1.0 to 180 mg, yet more preferably 1.5 to 160 mg, most preferably 2.0 to 100 mg and in particular 2.5 to 80 mg.
  • Preferably, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 0.01 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 0.1 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 1 to 35 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 5.0±4.5 wt.-%, or 7.5±7.0 wt.-%, or 10±9.0 wt.-%, or 12.5±12.0 wt.-%, or 15±14 wt.-%, or 17.5±17.0 wt.-%, or 20±19 wt.-%, or 22.5±22.0 wt.-%, or 25±24 wt.-%; more preferably 5.0±4.0 wt.-%, or 7.5±6.0 wt.-%, or 10±8.0 wt.-%, or 12.5±12.0 wt.-%, or 15±12 wt.-%, or 17.5±15.0 wt.-%, or 20±19 wt.-%, or 22.5±22.0 wt.-%, or 25±24 wt.-%; still more preferably 5.0±3.5 wt.-%, or 7.5±5.0 wt.-%, or 10±7.0 wt.-%, or 12.5±10.0 wt.-%, or 15±10 wt.-%, or 17.5±13.0 wt.-%, or 20±17 wt.-%, or 22.5±19.0 wt.-%, or 25±21 wt.-%; yet more preferably 5.0±3.0 wt.-%, or 7.5±4.0 wt.-%, or 10±6.0 wt.-%, or 12.5±8.0 wt.-%, or 15±8.0 wt.-%, or 17.5±11.0 wt.-%, or 20±15 wt.-%, or 22.5±16.0 wt.-%, or 25±18 wt.-%; even more preferably 5.0±2.5 wt.-%, or 7.5±3.0 wt.-%, or 10±5.0 wt.-%, or 12.5±6.0 wt.-%, or 15±6.0 wt.-%, or 17.5±9.0 wt.-%, or 20±13 wt.-%, or 22.5±13.0 wt.-%, or 25±15 wt.-%; most preferably 5.0±2.0 wt.-%, or 7.5±2.0 wt.-%, or 10±4.0 wt.-%, or 12.5±4.0 wt.-%, or 15±4.0 wt.-%, or 17.5±7.0 wt.-%, or 20±11 wt.-%, or 22.5±10.0 wt.-%, or 25±12 wt.-%; and in particular 5.0±1.5 wt.-%, or 7.5±1.0 wt.-%, or 10±3.0 wt.-%, or 12.5±2.0 wt.-%, or 15±2.0 wt.-%, or 17.5±5.0 wt.-%, or 20±9 wt.-%, or 22.5±7.0 wt.-%, or 25±9 wt.-%; in each case either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 20±6 wt.-%, more preferably 20±5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20±4 wt.-%, most preferably 20±3 wt.-%, and in particular 20±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 25±6 wt.-%, more preferably 25±5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25±4 wt.-%, most preferably 25±3 wt.-%, and in particular 25±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient. In yet another preferred embodiment, the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 30±6 wt.-%, more preferably 30±5 wt.-%, still more preferably 30±4 wt.-%, most preferably 30±3 wt.-%, and in particular 30±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient. In even another preferred embodiment, the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 34±6 wt.-%, more preferably 34±5 wt.-%, still more preferably 34±4 wt.-%, most preferably 34±3 wt.-%, and in particular 34±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient. In a further preferred embodiment, the content of pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 40±6 wt.-%, more preferably 40±5 wt.-%, still more preferably 40±4 wt.-%, most preferably 40±3 wt.-%, and in particular 40±2 wt.-%, either based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, based on the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • The skilled person may readily determine an appropriate amount of pharmacologically active ingredient to include in a pharmaceutical dosage form. For instance, in the case of analgesics, the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient present in the pharmaceutical dosage form is that sufficient to provide analgesia. The total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient administered to a patient in a dose will vary depending on numerous factors including the nature of the pharmacologically active ingredient, the weight of the patient, the severity of the pain, the nature of other therapeutic agents being administered etc.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in an amount of 7.5±5 mg, 10±5 mg, 20±5 mg, 30±5 mg, 40±5 mg, 50±5 mg, 60±5 mg, 70±5 mg, 80±5 mg, 90±5 mg, 100±5 mg, 110±5 mg, 120±5 mg, 130±5, 140±5 mg, 150±5 mg, 160±5 mg, 170±5 mg, 180±5 mg, 190±5 mg, 200±5 mg, 210±5 mg, 220±5 mg, 230±5 mg, 240±5 mg, 250±5 mg, 260±5 mg, 270±5 mg, 280±5 mg, 290±5 mg, or 300±5 mg. In another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in an amount of 5±2.5 mg, 7.5±2.5 mg, 10±2.5 mg, 15±2.5 mg, 20±2.5 mg, 25±2.5 mg, 30±2.5 mg, 35±2.5 mg, 40±2.5 mg, 45±2.5 mg, 50±2.5 mg, 55±2.5 mg, 60±2.5 mg, 65±2.5 mg, 70±2.5 mg, 75±2.5 mg, 80±2.5 mg, 85±2.5 mg, 90±2.5 mg, 95±2.5 mg, 100±2.5 mg, 105±2.5 mg, 110±2.5 mg, 115±2.5 mg, 120±2.5 mg, 125±2.5 mg, 130±2.5 mg, 135±2.5 mg, 140±2.5 mg, 145±2.5 mg, 150±2.5 mg, 155±2.5 mg, 160±2.5 mg, 165±2.5 mg, 170±2.5 mg, 175±2.5 mg, 180±2.5 mg, 185±2.5 mg, 190±2.5 mg, 195±2.5 mg, 200±2.5 mg, 205±2.5 mg, 210±2.5 mg, 215±2.5 mg, 220±2.5 mg, 225±2.5 mg, 230±2.5 mg, 235±2.5 mg, 240±2.5 mg, 245±2.5 mg, 250±2.5 mg, 255±2.5 mg, 260±2.5 mg, or 265±2.5 mg.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 1 to 80 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 2 to 320 mg.
  • In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 40 mg.
  • In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 10 to 80 mg.
  • In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is tapentadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily or twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 25 to 250 mg.
  • In still another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 2 to 52 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 4 to 104 mg.
  • In yet another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is tramadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 300 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is tramadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 10 to 500 mg.
  • In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydrocodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is hydrocodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg.
  • In still another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is morphine, preferably its HCl or H2SO4 salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is morphine, preferably its HCl or H2SO4 salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 5 to 250 mg.
  • In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is buprenorphine, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration twice daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 1 to 12 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is buprenorphine, preferably its HCl salt, and the pharmaceutical dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form in a total amount of from 2 to 12 mg.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the particles present in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably comprise 3 to 75 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient, more preferably 5 to 70 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient, still more preferably 7.5 to 65 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably at least 5 wt.-%, more preferably at least 10 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 20 wt.-%, most preferably at least 25 wt.-% and in particular at least 30 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is preferably at most 70 wt.-%, more preferably at most 65 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 55 wt.-%, most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • In a preferred embodiment, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 35±30 wt.-%, more preferably 35±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 35±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35±15 wt.-%, most preferably 35±10 wt.-%, and in particular 35±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle. In another preferred embodiment, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 45±30 wt.-%, more preferably 45±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 45±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 45±15 wt.-%, most preferably 45±10 wt.-%, and in particular 45±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle. In still another preferred embodiment, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of 55±30 wt.-%, more preferably 55±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 55±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 55±15 wt.-%, most preferably 55±10 wt.-%, and in particular 55±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of a particle.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient that is included in the preparation of the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention preferably has an average particle size of less than 500 microns, still more preferably less than 300 microns, yet more preferably less than 200 or 100 microns. There is no lower limit on the average particle size and it may be, for example, 50 microns. The particle size of pharmacologically active ingredients may be determined by any technique conventional in the art, e.g. laser light scattering, sieve analysis, light microscopy or image analysis. Generally speaking it is preferable that the largest dimension of the pharmacologically active ingredient particle be less than the size of the particles (e.g. less than the smallest dimension of the particles).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention, preferably the particles, comprise an opioid (agonist) as well as an opioid antagonist.
  • Any conventional opioid antagonist may be present, e.g. naltrexone or naloxone or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Naloxone, including its salts, is particularly preferred. The opioid antagonist may be present within the particles or within the matrix. Alternatively, opioid antagonist may be provided in separate particles to the pharmacologically active ingredients. The preferred composition of such particles is the same as that described for pharmacologically active ingredient-containing particles.
  • The ratio of opioid agonist to opioid antagonist in the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention is preferably 1:1 to 3:1 by weight, for example, about 2:1 by weight.
  • In another preferred embodiment, neither the particles nor the pharmaceutical dosage form comprise any opioid antagonist.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains more than 20 wt.-%, more preferably more than 30 wt.-%, still more preferably more than 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably more than 50 wt.-%, most preferably more than 60 wt.-%, and in particular more than 70 wt.-% of compounds which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol with respect to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • For the purpose of specification, compounds which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol have a maximum solubility in aqueous ethanol (96%) at room temperature of preferably less than 1000 mg/L, more preferably less than 800 mg/L, even more preferably less than 500 mg/L, most preferably less than 100 mg/L and in particular less than 10 mg/L or less than 1 mg/L.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains more than 50 wt.-%, more preferably more than 60 wt.-%, still more preferably more than 70 wt.-%, yet more preferably more than 80 wt.-%, most preferably more than 90 wt.-%, and in particular more than 95 wt.-% of polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol with respect to the overall amount of polymers contained in the pharmaceutical dosage form.
  • Preferred polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol according to the invention are xanthan, guar gum and some types of HPMC. The skilled person knows what types of HPMC are not or hardly soluble in ethanol within the sense of the invention.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the entire pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention contains polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol and polymers which are soluble in ethanol, wherein the amount of polymers which are not or hardly soluble in ethanol relative to the total amount of polymers contained in the dosage form is 30 to 100 wt.-%, more preferably 50 to 100 wt.-%, still more preferably 60 to 95 wt.-% or 100 wt.-%, yet more preferably 70 to 90 wt.-% or 100 wt.-%, most preferably 80 to 90 wt.-% or 90 to 100 wt.-%, and in particular more than 95 wt.-% or more than 99 wt.-%.
  • Preferred compositions of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, of the particles are summarized as embodiments B1 to B6 in the table here below:
  • wt.-% a) B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
    pharmacologically active ingredient 40 ± 10 40 ± 5  35 ± 10 33 ± 10 33 ± 10 33 ± 10
    EVA polymer 40 ± 10 40 ± 5  50 ± 15 57 ± 20 60 ± 20 67 ± 15
    additional prolonged release matrix 10 ± 10 10 ± 10 15 ± 10 10 ± 7  7.5 ± 5 10 ± 10
    material
    excipients
    10 ± 10 10 ± 10 5 ± 5 5 ± 5 5 ± 5 5 ± 5
    a) relative to the total weight of the dosage form and particles, respectively.
  • The subjects to which the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention can be administered are not particularly limited. Preferably, the subjects are animals, more preferably human beings.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention or, when it is multiparticulate, the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient are preferably thermoformed, preferably by melt-extrusion, although also other methods of thermoforming may be useful, such as press-molding at elevated temperature or heating of compacts that were manufactured by conventional compression in a first step and then heated above the softening temperature of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, in a second step to form break resistant, hardened compacts, i.e. monolithic dosage forms or particles, respectively. In this regard, thermoforming preferably means the forming or molding of a mass after, before or during the application of heat. Preferably, thermoforming is performed by hot-melt extrusion.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is hot-melt extruded.
  • In a preferred embodiment, hot-melt extrusion is performed by means of a twin-screw-extruder. Melt extrusion preferably provides a melt-extruded strand that is preferably cut into monoliths, which are then optionally compressed and formed. Preferably, compression is achieved by means of a die and a punch, preferably from a monolithic mass obtained by melt extrusion. If obtained via melt extrusion, the compressing step is preferably carried out with a monolithic mass exhibiting ambient temperature, that is, a temperature in the range from 20 to 25° C.
  • The strands obtained by way of extrusion can either be subjected to the compression step as such or can be cut prior to the compression step. This cutting can be performed by usual techniques, for example using rotating knives or compressed air, at elevated temperature, e.g. when the extruded stand is still warm due to hot-melt extrusion, or at ambient temperature, i.e. after the extruded strand has been allowed to cool down. When the extruded strand is still warm, singulation of the extruded strand into extruded monolithic pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, is preferably performed by cutting the extruded strand immediately after it has exited the extrusion die.
  • However, when the extruded strand is cut in the cooled state, subsequent singulation of the extruded strand is preferably performed by optionally transporting the still hot extruded strand by means of conveyor belts, allowing it to cool down and to congeal, and subsequently cutting it. Alternatively, the shaping can take place as described in EP-A 240 906 by the extrudate being passed between two counter-rotating calender rolls and being shaped directly to pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively. It is of course also possible to subject the extruded strands to the compression step or to the cutting step when still warm, that is more or less immediately after the extrusion step. The extrusion is preferably carried out by means of a twin-screw extruder.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention may be produced by different processes, the particularly preferred of which are explained in greater detail below. Several suitable processes have already been described in the prior art. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, and WO 2006/082099.
  • In general, the process for the production of the particles according to the invention preferably comprises the following steps:
    • (a) mixing all ingredients;
    • (b) optionally pre-forming the mixture obtained from step (a), preferably by applying heat and/or force to the mixture obtained from step (a), the quantity of heat supplied preferably not being sufficient to heat the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, up to its softening point;
    • (c) hardening the mixture by applying heat and force, it being possible to supply the heat during and/or before the application of force and the quantity of heat supplied being sufficient to heat the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, at least up to its softening point; and thereafter allowing the material to cool and removing the force
    • (d) optionally singulating the hardened mixture;
    • (e) optionally shaping the particles; and
    • (f) optionally providing a film coating.
  • Heat may be supplied directly, e.g. by contact or by means of hot gas such as hot air, or with the assistance of ultrasound; or is indirectly supplied by friction and/or shear. Force may be applied and/or the particles may be shaped for example by direct pharmaceutical dosage forming or with the assistance of a suitable extruder, particularly by means of a screw extruder equipped with one or two screws (single-screw-extruder and twin-screw-extruder, respectively) or by means of a planetary gear extruder.
  • The final shape of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, may either be provided during the hardening of the mixture by applying heat and force (step (c)) or in a subsequent step (step (e)). In both cases, the mixture of all components is preferably in the plastified state, i.e. preferably, shaping is performed at a temperature at least above the softening point of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively. However, extrusion at lower temperatures, e.g. ambient temperature, is also possible and may be preferred.
  • Shaping can be performed, e.g., by means of a pharmaceutical dosage forming press comprising die and punches of appropriate shape.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a process for the production of a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising the steps of
    • (i) mixing a pharmacologically active ingredient, an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer and optionally further excipients; and
    • (ii) thermoforming the mixture obtained in step (i), wherein said mixture is simultaneously or before or after the application of heat subjected to pressure.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form which is produced by said process is according to the tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage forms described above.
  • A particularly preferred process for the manufacture of the particles according to the invention involves hot-melt extrusion. In this process, the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention are produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder, preferably without there being any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudate.
  • This process is characterized in that
    • a) all components are mixed,
    • b) the resultant mixture is heated in the extruder at least up to the softening point of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, and extruded through the outlet orifice of the extruder by application of force,
    • c) the still plastic extrudate is singulated and formed into the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, or
    • d) the cooled and optionally reheated singulated extrudate is formed into the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively.
  • Mixing of the components according to process step a) may also proceed in the extruder.
  • The components may also be mixed in a mixer known to the person skilled in the art. The mixer may, for example, be a roll mixer, shaking mixer, shear mixer or compulsory mixer.
  • The, preferably molten, mixture which has been heated in the extruder at least up to the softening point of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, is extruded from the extruder through a die with at least one bore.
  • The process according to the invention requires the use of suitable extruders, preferably screw extruders. Screw extruders which are equipped with two screws (twin-screw-extruders) are particularly preferred.
  • In a preferred embodiment, extrusion is performed in the absence of water, i.e., no water is added. However, traces of water (e.g., caused by atmospheric humidity) may be present.
  • The extruded strand is preferably water-free, which preferably means that the water content of the extruded strand is preferably at most 10 wt.-%, or at most 7.5 wt.-%, or at most 5.0 wt.-%, or at most 4.0 wt.-%, or at most 3.0 wt.-%, or at most 2.0 wt.-%, more preferably at most 1.7 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 1.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 1.3 wt.-%, even more preferably at most 1.0 wt.-%, most preferably at most 0.7 wt.-%, and in particular at most 0.5 wt.-%.
  • The extruder preferably comprises at least two temperature zones, with heating of the mixture at least up to the softening point of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively, proceeding in the first zone, which is downstream from a feed zone and optionally mixing zone. The throughput of the mixture is preferably from 1.0 kg to 15 kg/hour. In a preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 0.2 kg/hour to 3.5 kg/hour. In another preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 4 to 15 kg/hour.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the die head pressure is within the range of from 0.5 to 200 bar. The die head pressure can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the die head pressure is within the range of from 20±19 bar, more preferably 20±15 bar, and in particular 20±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 30±20 bar, more preferably 30±15 bar, and in particular 30±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 40±20 bar, more preferably 40±15 bar, and in particular 40±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 50±20 bar, more preferably 50±15 bar, and in particular 50±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 60±20 bar, more preferably 60±15 bar, and in particular 60±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 70±20 bar, more preferably 70±15 bar, and in particular 70±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 80±20 bar, more preferably 80±15 bar, and in particular 80±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 90±20 bar, more preferably 90±15 bar, and in particular 90±10 bar; or the die head pressure is within the range of from 100±20 bar, more preferably 100±15 bar, and in particular 100±10 bar.
  • The die geometry or the geometry of the bores is freely selectable. The die or the bores may accordingly exhibit a flat (film), round, oblong or oval cross-section, wherein the round cross-section preferably has a diameter of 0.1 mm to 2 mm for extruded particles and a larger diameter for extruded monolithic pharmaceutical dosage forms. Preferably, the die or the bores have a round cross-section. The casing of the extruder used according to the invention may be heated or cooled. The corresponding temperature control, i.e. heating or cooling, is so arranged that the mixture to be extruded exhibits at least an average temperature (product temperature) corresponding to the softening temperature of the prolonged release matrix material and does not rise above a temperature at which the pharmacologically active ingredient to be processed may be damaged. Preferably, the temperature of the mixture to be extruded is adjusted to below 180° C., preferably below 150° C., but at least to the softening temperature of the EVA polymer and the prolonged release matrix material, respectively. Typical extrusion temperatures are 120° C. and 150° C.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the extruder torque is within the range of from 30 to 95%. Extruder torque can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • After extrusion of the molten mixture and optional cooling of the extruded strand or extruded strands, the extrudates are preferably singulated. This singulation may preferably be performed by cutting up the extrudates by means of revolving or rotating knives, wires, blades or with the assistance of laser cutters.
  • Preferably, intermediate or final storage of the optionally singulated extrudate or the final shape of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention is performed under oxygen-free atmosphere which may be achieved, e.g., by means of oxygen-scavengers.
  • The singulated extrudate may be press-formed into pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, in order to impart the final shape to the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively.
  • The application of force in the extruder onto the at least plasticized mixture is adjusted by controlling the rotational speed of the conveying device in the extruder and the geometry thereof and by dimensioning the outlet orifice in such a manner that the pressure necessary for extruding the plasticized mixture is built up in the extruder, preferably immediately prior to extrusion. The extrusion parameters which, for each particular composition, are necessary to give rise to a pharmaceutical dosage form with desired mechanical properties, may be established by simple preliminary testing.
  • For example but not limiting, extrusion may be performed by means of a twin-screw-extruder type ZSE 18 or ZSE 27 (Leistritz, Nurnberg, Germany) or Thermo Scientific* Pharma 16 HME, screw diameters of 16, 18 or 27 mm. Screws having eccentric or blunt ends may be used. A heatable die with a round bore or with a multitude of bores each having a diameter of 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0 or 6.0 mm may be used. The extrusion parameters may be adjusted e.g. to the following values: rotational speed of the screws: 120 Upm; delivery rate 0.5 kg/h for Pharma 16, 2 kg/h for a ZSE 18 or 8 kg/h for a ZSE 27; product temperature: in front of die 100 to 125° C. and behind die 125 to 135° C.; and jacket temperature: 110° C.
  • Preferably, extrusion is performed by means of twin-screw-extruders or planetary-gear-extruders, twin-screw extruders (co-rotating or contra-rotating) being particularly preferred.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention are preferably produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder without any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudates.
  • The process for the preparation of the pharmaceutical dosage forms and particles, respectively, according to the invention is preferably performed continuously. Preferably, the process involves the extrusion of a homogeneous mixture of all components. It is particularly advantageous if the thus obtained intermediate, e.g. the strand obtained by extrusion, exhibits uniform properties. Particularly desirable are uniform density, uniform distribution of the active compound, uniform mechanical properties, uniform porosity, uniform appearance of the surface, etc. Only under these circumstances the uniformity of the pharmacological properties, such as the stability of the release profile, may be ensured and the amount of rejects can be kept low.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate and the particles according to the invention can be regarded as “extruded pellets”. The term “extruded pellets” has structural implications which are understood by persons skilled in the art. A person skilled in the art knows that pelletized pharmaceutical dosage forms can be prepared by a number of techniques, including:
      • drug layering on nonpareil sugar or microcrystalline cellulose beads,
      • spray drying,
      • spray congealing,
      • rotogranulation,
      • hot-melt extrusion,
      • spheronization of low melting materials, or
      • extrusion-spheronization of a wet mass.
  • Accordingly, “extruded pellets” can be obtained either by hot-melt extrusion or by extrusion-spheronization.
  • “Extruded pellets” can be distinguished from other types of pellets because they are structurally different. For example, drug layering on nonpareils yields multilayered pellets having a core, whereas extrusion typically yields a monolithic mass comprising a homogeneous mixture of all ingredients. Similarly, spray drying and spray congealing typically yield spheres, whereas extrusion typically yields cylindrical extrudates which can be subsequently spheronized.
  • The structural differences between “extruded pellets” and “agglomerated pellets” are significant because they may affect the release of active substances from the pellets and consequently result in different pharmacological profiles. Therefore, a person skilled in the pharmaceutical formulation art would not consider “extruded pellets” to be equivalent to “agglomerated pellets”.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention may be prepared by any conventional method. Preferably, however, the pharmaceutical dosage forms are prepared by compression. Thus, particles as hereinbefore defined are preferably mixed, e.g. blended and/or granulated (e.g. wet granulated), with outer matrix material and the resulting mix (e.g. blend or granulate) is then compressed, preferably in molds, to form pharmaceutical dosage forms. It is also envisaged that the particles herein described may be incorporated into a matrix using other processes, such as by melt granulation (e.g. using fatty alcohols and/or water-soluble waxes and/or water-insoluble waxes) or high shear granulation, followed by compression.
  • When the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are manufactured by means of an eccentric press, the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 15 kN. When the pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention are manufactured by means of a rotating press, the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 40 kN, in certain embodiments >25 kN, in other embodiments about 13 kN.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to a tamper-resistant, oral pharmaceutical dosage form which is obtainable by any of the processes described above.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is characterized by excellent storage stability. Preferably, after storage for 4 weeks at 40° C. and 75% rel. humidity, the content of pharmacologically active ingredient amounts to at least 98.0%, more preferably at least 98.5%, still more preferably at least 99.0%, yet more preferably at least 99.2%, most preferably at least 99.4% and in particular at least 99.6%, of its original content before storage. Suitable methods for measuring the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient in the pharmaceutical dosage form are known to the skilled artisan. In this regard it is referred to the Eur. Ph. or the USP, especially to reversed phase HPLC analysis. Preferably, the pharmaceutical dosage form is stored in closed, preferably sealed containers.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention may be used in medicine, e.g. as an analgesic. The pharmaceutical dosage forms are therefore particularly suitable for the treatment or management of pain. In such pharmaceutical dosage forms, the pharmacologically active ingredient preferably is analgesically effective.
  • A further aspect of the invention relates to the pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for use in the treatment of pain.
  • A further aspect of the invention relates to the use of the pharmacologically active ingredient for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for treating pain.
  • A further aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating pain comprising the administration of the pharmaceutical dosage form as described above to a subject in need thereof.
  • A further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for providing prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein.
  • A further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for avoiding or hindering the abuse of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein.
  • A further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for avoiding or hindering the unintentional overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein.
  • In this regard, the invention also relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form as described above for the prophylaxis and/or the treatment of a disorder, thereby preventing an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient, particularly due to comminution of the pharmaceutical dosage form by mechanical action.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment,
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is monolithic or multiparticulate or a MUPS formulation; and/or
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention is hot-melt extruded; and/or
      • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention provides prolonged release of the pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action; and/or
      • the pharmacologically active ingredient having psychotropic action is an opioid or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof; and/or
      • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient is within the range of from 1 to 35 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form; and/or
      • the EVA polymer comprises repetition units derived from ethylene and vinyl acetate and/or vinyl alcohol; and/or
      • the EVA polymer contains 60±30 wt.-%, more preferably 60±5 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer; and/or
      • the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg of 52±2 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238; and/or
      • the content of the EVA polymer is within the range of from 45 to 70 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the pharmaceutical dosage form or, when the pharmaceutical dosage form is multiparticulate, relative to the total weight of the particles that contain the pharmacologically active ingredient; and/or
      • the pharmacologically active ingredient is embedded in a prolonged release matrix containing the EVA polymer as prolonged release matrix material and additional prolonged release matrix material; wherein
        • the content of the additional prolonged release matrix material is in the range of 5 to 30 wt.-%, relative to the total weight of the prolonged release matrix; and/or
        • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a polyalkylene oxide, preferably a polyethylene oxide having a weight average molecular weight of at least 5,000,000 g/mol; or
        • the additional prolonged release matrix material is a mixture of polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyvinyl acetate, wherein said mixture has a K-value in the range of from 60 to 65, measured in a 1% solution in tetrahydrofurane according to the method described in the USP and Ph. Eur. monographs “Povidone”, wherein the weight ratio between polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl pyrrolidone is in the range of 4.5:1 to 3.5:1; or
        • the additional prolonged release matrix material is an anionic acrylic polymer, preferably a polyacrylic acid polymer which is crosslinked with ally pentaerythritol having a viscosity of 4,000 to 11,000 mPa·s, measured with a Brookfield RVT, 20 rpm, spindle no. 5 at 25° C. and 0.5 wt.-% neutralized to pH 7.3-7.8.
    EXAMPLES
  • For manufacturing the pellets, mixtures of the pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA and excipients were produced by weighing the ingredients (batch size 500.0 g), sieving (Mesh size 1.0 mm), blending in a Bohle LM 40 MC 20, followed by extrusion using a Leistritz ZSE 18 melt extruder type MICRO 18 GL-40D Pharma (melt temperature 124° C., screw rotation speed 100 rpm, die diameter 1.0 mm, melt pressure 1-4 bar). The extruded strands were cooled in ambient air and were manually cut yielding pellets.
  • General procedure 1 (GP1) for manufacturing the cut rods: mixtures of the pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA and excipients were produced by weighing the ingredients (batch size 500.0 g), sieving (Mesh size 1.0 mm), blending in a Bohle LM 40 MC 20, followed by extrusion using a Leistritz Micro 18 HME (melt temperature ca. 124° C., screw rotation speed 50-100 rpm, die diameter 5.0 mm, melt pressure 16-47 bar). The extruded strands were cooled in ambient air and were manually cut with a hot knife into cut rods.
  • General procedure 2 (GP2) for manufacturing the cut rods: mixtures of the pharmacologically active ingredient, EVA and excipients were produced by weighing the ingredients (batch size 500.0 g), sieving (Mesh size 1.0 mm), blending in a Bohle LM 40 MC 20, followed by extrusion using a Leistritz Micro 27 lab extruder (melt temperature ca. 124° C., screw rotation speed 50-100 rpm, die diameter 5.0 mm, melt pressure 16-47 bar). The extruded strands were cooled in ambient air and were manually cut with a hot knife into cut rods.
  • The pellets and cut rods, respectively, were subjected to different tests in order to assess the tamper-resistance with respect to the pharmacologically active ingredient contained in the pellets and cut rods, respectively.
  • Materials
  • Elvax ® 40W ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (40 wt.-% vinyl
    acetate comonomer)
    Elvax ® 40L-03 ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (40 wt.-% vinyl
    acetate comonomer)
    Elvax ® 220W ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (28 wt.-% vinyl
    acetate comonomer)
    Elvax ® 265 ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (28 wt.-% vinyl
    acetate comonomer)
    Elvax ® 660 ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (12 wt.-% vinyl
    acetate comonomer)
    PEO 7 Mio. polyethylene oxide (7 mio)
    Kollidon SR mixture of polyvinyl acetate and polyvinyl
    pyrrolidone
    Carbopol 71G polymer of acrylic acid crosslinked with allyl
    ethers of pentaerythritol
    Xanthan a polysaccharide comprising pentasaccharide repeat
    units comprising glucose, mannose and glucuronic
    acid
    HPMC hydroxypropylmethylcellulose
    Kollicoat IR polyvinyl alcohol-polyethylene glycol graft
    copolymer
  • Example 1
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 122.33 34.95
    Elvax ® 40W 175.00 50.00
    PEO 7 Mio. 52.67 15.05
    total 350.00 100.00
  • Pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min. Afterwards, the ground pellets were subjected to a sieving analysis. The result of which is summarized in FIG. 1.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the pellets was determined under in vitro conditions using the basket method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 3.
  • Example 2
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Elvax ® 40W 233.52 66.72
    total 350.00 100.00
  • Pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min. Afterwards, the ground pellets were subjected to a sieving analysis. The result of which is summarized in FIG. 2.
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 1
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact ground
    content [%] 1 13.56 39.62
    (n = 3) 2 13.34 29.49
    3 12.48 25.98
    mean [%] 13.13 31.70
  • The release profiles of tramadol HCl from the pellets were determined under in vitro conditions using the basket method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) and in 900 mL of 40% ethanol in 0.1 N HCl, respectively, (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • Example 3
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Elvax ® 40W 198.52 56.72
    Kollidon SR 35.00 10.00
    total 350.00 100.00
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 2
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact ground
    content [%] 1 16.41 23.98
    (n = 3) 2 19.58 30.52
    3 15.99 26.25
    mean [%] 17.33 26.92
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the pellets was determined under in vitro conditions using the basket method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 3.
  • Example 3A
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 3.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 5.
  • Example 4
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Elvax ® 40W 207.27 59.22
    Carbopol 71G 26.25 7.50
    total 350.00 100.00
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 3
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact ground
    content [%] 1 11.20 42.90
    (n = 3) 2 21.31 44.86
    3 32.67 33.42
    mean [%] 21.73 40.39
  • The release profiles of tramadol HCl from the pellets were determined under in vitro conditions using the basket method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) and in 900 mL of 40% ethanol in 0.1 N HCl, respectively, (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • Example 4A
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 4.
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, cut rods were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 4
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact ground
    content [%] 1 29.70 84.71
    (n = 3) 2 30.99 79.44
    3 38.45 53.18
    mean [%] 33.05 72.44
  • The cut rods displayed a breaking strength (resistance to crushing) of 1000 N (average value, n=10) determined with a Zwick Z 2.5 materials tester, Fmax=2.5 kN, maximum draw: 1150 mm.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 5.
  • Example 5
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Elvax ® 220W 233.52 66.72
    total 350.00 100.00
  • Example 5A
  • Cut rods were according to GP1 prepared having the same composition as the pellets of Example 5.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 5.
  • Example 6
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Elvax ® 265 233.52 66.72
    total 350.00 100.00
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, pellets were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 5
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact ground
    content [%] 1 3.06 7.45
    (n = 3) 2 4.51 8.02
    3 4.47 8.38
    mean [%] 4.01 7.95
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the pellets was determined under in vitro conditions using the basket method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 3.
  • Example 6A
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 6.
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, cut rods were ground with a commercial coffee mill, type Bosch MKM6000, 180W, Typ KM13 for 2 min followed by extraction in boiled water for 5 min. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 6
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact ground
    content [%] 1 2.38 38.58
    (n = 3) 2 2.51 17.47
    3 1.51 38.99
    mean [%] 2.13 31.68
  • The cut rods displayed a breaking strength (resistance to crushing) of 1000 N (average value, n=10) determined with a Zwick Z 2.5 materials tester, Fmax=2.5 kN, maximum draw: 1150 mm.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 5.
  • Example 7
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Elvax ® 40L-03 233.52 66.72
    total 350.00 100.00
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the pellets was determined under in vitro conditions using the basket method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 3.
  • Example 7A
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 7.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 5.
  • Example 8
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Elvax ® 660 233.52 66.72
    total 350.00 100.00
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the pellets was determined under in vitro conditions using the basket method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 3.
  • Example 8A
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 8.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 5.
  • In examples 7 and 7A, and in examples 8 and 8A, respectively, the pharmacologically active substance was in both cases tramadol HCl, the releasing polymer was EVA. The composition of both the cut rods (die diameter 1.0 mm) and the pellets (die diameter 5.0 mm) was identical. Considering FIGS. 3 and 5, it becomes evident that the particle size had no influence on the release behavior of EVA, as in both cases a prolonged-release (PR) of tramadol HCl could be observed.
  • Example 9
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 50.00 14.30
    Elvax EVA 40W 212.50 60.7
    Xanthan 35.00 10.00
    HPMC 17.50 5.00
    Carbopol 35.00 10.00
    total 350.00 100.00
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 600 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are shown in FIG. 6.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from cut rods was also determined in aqueous ethanol using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. At 75 rpm in 600 mL of 0.1 N HCl 40% EtOH with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are shown in FIG. 7.
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, an extraction was carried out according to example 2. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 7
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact manipulated
    content [%] 1 3.50
    (n = 3) 2 1.49
    3 3.31
    mean [%] 2.77
  • Example 10
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 50.00 14.30
    Elvax EVA 40W 107.50 30.70
    Elvax 265A 105.00 30.00
    Xanthan 35.00 10.00
    Kollicoat SR 52.50 15.00
    total 350.00 100.00
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from the cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 600 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are summarized in FIG. 6.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from cut rods was also determined in aqueous ethanol using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. At 75 rpm in 600 mL of 0.1 N HCl 40% EtOH with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are summarized in FIG. 7.
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, an extraction was carried out according to example 2. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 8
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact manipulated
    content [%] 1 2.65
    (n = 3) 2 1.24
    3 1.86
    mean [%] 1.92
  • Example 11
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 50.00 14.30
    Elvax 265A 195.00 55.70
    Xanthan 35.00 10.00
    Kollicoat IR 70.00 20.00
    total 350.00 100.00
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 600 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are summarized in FIG. 6.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from cut rods was also determined in aqueous ethanol using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. At 75 rpm in 600 mL of 0.1 N HCl 40% EtOH with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are summarized in FIG. 7.
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, an extraction was carried out according to example 2. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 9
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact manipulated
    content [%] 1 15.15
    (n = 3) 2 13.90
    3 12.59
    mean [%] 13.26
  • Example 12
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP2 having the following composition:
  • Substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tramadol HCl 50.00 14.30
    Elvax 265A 125.00 35.70
    Elvax 40W 70.00 20.00
    Kollicoat IR 70.00 20.00
    Xanthan 35.00 10.00
    total 350.00 100.00
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 75 rpm in 600 mL of buffered SIF sp (pH 6.8) with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are summarized in FIG. 6.
  • The release profile of tramadol HCl from cut rods was also determined in aqueous ethanol using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. At 75 rpm in 600 mL of 0.1 N HCl 40% EtOH with sinker type 1, n=3. The results are summarized in FIG. 7.
  • To simulate an addict's attempt at preparing an i.v. injection, an extraction was carried out according to example 2. The results are summarized in the below table.
  • TABLE 10
    simulated preparation of i.v. injection.
    intact manipulated
    content [%] 1 15.29
    (n = 3) 2 15.90
    3 8.59
    mean [%] 13.26
  • Examples 9-12 demonstrate the resistance of EVA-containing formulations against dose-dumping in aqueous ethanol. Comparing FIGS. 6 and 7, it becomes evident that the dissolution behavior of the corresponding monolithic form (i.e. cut rods with a die diameter of 5 mm) in aqueous ethanol is equal to the dissolution behavior under in vitro conditions. Thus, the controlled release portion of the formulation cannot be defeated by the extraction with ethanol or by the concomitant intake of ethanol.
  • For all examples 9-12, a manipulation of the cud rods did not allow a winding up of the pharmaceutically active ingredient.
  • Comparative Example 13
  • Pellets were prepared having the following composition:
  • Substance per tablet [mg] amount [%]
    Tapentadol HCl 116.48 33.28
    Hypromellose 100000 mPas 44.0 12.57
    PEG 6000 35.00 10.00
    alpha Tocopherol 0.04 0.01
    PEO 7 Mio 154.48 44.14
    total 350.00 100.00
  • The release profiles of tapentadol HCl from pellets was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL 0.1N HCl (without sinker, n=3). The results are summarized in FIG. 8.
  • Comparative Example 13A
  • Cut rods were prepared according to GP1 having the same composition as the pellets of Example 13.
  • The release profile of tapentadol HCl from cut rods was determined under in vitro conditions using the paddle method according to Ph. Eur. at 50 rpm in 900 mL 0.1N HCl (without sinker, n=3). The results are shown in FIG. 8.
  • In examples 13 and 13A, the pharmacologically active substance was in both cases tapentadol HCl, the polymer releasing the substance was PEO. The composition of both the cut rods and the pellets was identical. Considering FIG. 8, it becomes evident that for pellets (die diameter 1.0 mm), an immediate-release (IR) of tapentadol HCl could be observed, whereas for cut rods (die diameter 6.0 mm), a prolonged-release (PR) is observed. Thus, for PEO and in contrast to EVA, the particle size has a pronounced influence on the dissolution behavior of the pharmacologically active substance. The smaller the particles, the faster the release.
  • In the above examples 1-12, the pharmacologically active substance is in all cases tramadol HCl, whereas in examples 13 and 13A, the substance is tapentadol HCl. However, both tapentadol HCl and tramadol HCl show a comparable dissolution behavior and are both water-soluble; the dependency of the dissolution behavior on the particle size is therefore comparable.

Claims (10)

1. An oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a homogeneous mixture of: (A) a pharmacologically active ingredient and (B) a prolonged release matrix comprising 55 to 80 wt.-% relative to a total weight of the dosage form of an ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) polymer.
2. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the EVA polymer comprises repetition units derived from ethylene and vinyl acetate and/or vinyl alcohol.
3. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the EVA polymer contains at least 50 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
4. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 3, wherein the EVA polymer contains from 50 to 95 wt.-% of ethylene repetition units, relative to the total weight of the EVA polymer.
5. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the EVA polymer has a melt flow rate at 190° C. and 2.16 kg within the range of from 1 to 160 g/10 min measured according to ASTM D1238.
6. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which is monolithic and has a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
7. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which is multiparticulate, wherein at least a fraction of individual particles have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
8. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which is monolithic and has an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm.
9. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which is multiparticulate, wherein individual drug-containing particles have an extension in any direction of at least 2.0 mm.
10. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which is hot-melt extruded.
US16/810,233 2013-07-12 2020-03-05 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer Abandoned US20200197327A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/810,233 US20200197327A1 (en) 2013-07-12 2020-03-05 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP13176303.9 2013-07-12
EP13176303 2013-07-12
US14/327,671 US10624862B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2014-07-10 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer
US16/810,233 US20200197327A1 (en) 2013-07-12 2020-03-05 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/327,671 Continuation US10624862B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2014-07-10 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20200197327A1 true US20200197327A1 (en) 2020-06-25

Family

ID=48783054

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/327,671 Active US10624862B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2014-07-10 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer
US16/810,233 Abandoned US20200197327A1 (en) 2013-07-12 2020-03-05 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/327,671 Active US10624862B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2014-07-10 Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (2) US10624862B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3019157A1 (en)
JP (1) JP6449871B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20160031526A (en)
CN (1) CN105682643B (en)
AU (1) AU2014289187B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112016000194A8 (en)
CA (1) CA2917136C (en)
EA (1) EA032465B1 (en)
IL (1) IL243277B (en)
MX (1) MX368846B (en)
WO (1) WO2015004245A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11690806B2 (en) 2018-05-24 2023-07-04 Celanese Eva Performance Polymers Llc Implantable device for sustained release of a macromolecular drug compound
US11690807B2 (en) 2018-05-24 2023-07-04 Celanese Eva Performance Polymers Llc Implantable device for sustained release of a macromolecular drug compound

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7776314B2 (en) 2002-06-17 2010-08-17 Grunenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage system
DE10336400A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2005-03-24 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse dosage form
DE102005005446A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Break-resistant dosage forms with sustained release
US20070048228A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2007-03-01 Elisabeth Arkenau-Maric Abuse-proofed dosage form
DE10361596A1 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-09-29 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
DE102004032049A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse, oral dosage form
DE102005005449A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
NZ586792A (en) 2008-01-25 2012-09-28 Gruenenthal Chemie Tamper resistant controlled release pharmaceutical tablets form having convex and concave surfaces
US20110020451A1 (en) 2009-07-22 2011-01-27 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant dosage form for oxidation-sensitive opioids
AU2010275753B2 (en) 2009-07-22 2014-08-21 Grünenthal GmbH Hot-melt extruded controlled release dosage form
CN103269688A (en) 2010-09-02 2013-08-28 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tamper resistant dosage form comprising inorganic salt
EP2611425B1 (en) 2010-09-02 2014-07-02 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form comprising an anionic polymer
HUE034710T2 (en) 2011-07-29 2018-02-28 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
ES2655900T3 (en) 2011-07-29 2018-02-22 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-proof tablet that provides immediate release of a medication
WO2013127831A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2013-09-06 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant dosage form comprising pharmacologically active compound and anionic polymer
SI2838512T1 (en) 2012-04-18 2018-11-30 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper resistant and dose-dumping resistant pharmaceutical dosage form
US10064945B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2018-09-04 Gruenenthal Gmbh Thermoformed, tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form containing zinc
BR112015026549A2 (en) 2013-05-29 2017-07-25 Gruenenthal Gmbh tamper-proof dosage form containing one or more particles
WO2014191396A1 (en) 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form with bimodal release profile
CN105682643B (en) 2013-07-12 2019-12-13 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tamper resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer
MX371372B (en) 2013-11-26 2020-01-28 Gruenenthal Gmbh Preparation of a powdery pharmaceutical composition by means of cryo-milling.
AU2015261060A1 (en) 2014-05-12 2016-11-03 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper resistant immediate release capsule formulation comprising Tapentadol
US9872835B2 (en) 2014-05-26 2018-01-23 Grünenthal GmbH Multiparticles safeguarded against ethanolic dose-dumping
MX2017013637A (en) 2015-04-24 2018-03-08 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction.
CA2983640A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant fixed dose combination providing fast release of two drugs from different particles
CA2983634A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant fixed dose combination providing fast release of two drugs from particles
CA2983648A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant fixed dose combination providing fast release of two drugs from particles and a matrix
JP2018526414A (en) 2015-09-10 2018-09-13 グリュネンタール・ゲゼルシャフト・ミト・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Protection against oral overdose with abuse-inhibiting immediate release formulations
MX2018011799A (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-01-24 SpecGx LLC Extended release, abuse deterrent dosage forms.
GB2571696B (en) 2017-10-09 2020-05-27 Compass Pathways Ltd Large scale method for the preparation of Psilocybin and formulations of Psilocybin so produced
GR1009791B (en) * 2019-03-26 2020-08-03 Φαρματεν Α.Β.Ε.Ε. Prolonged release tapentadol-containing formula - preparation method thereof
CA3138094A1 (en) 2019-04-17 2020-10-22 Compass Pathfinder Limited Methods for treating anxiety disorders, headache disorders, and eating disorders with psilocybin
EP3875080A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-08 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form providing prolonged release of tapentadol phosphoric acid salt
WO2021175773A1 (en) 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form providing prolonged release of tapentadol phosphoric acid salt
WO2021219577A1 (en) * 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form comprising hot-melt extruded pellets containing eva copolymer and gliding agent
WO2021219576A1 (en) * 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 Grünenthal GmbH Multiparticulate dosage form containing eva copolymer and additional excipient

Family Cites Families (571)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA722109A (en) 1965-11-23 W. Mock Henry Extrusion of ethylene oxide polymers
US2524855A (en) 1950-10-10 Process for the manufacture of
US2806033A (en) 1955-08-03 1957-09-10 Lewenstein Morphine derivative
US2987445A (en) 1958-10-10 1961-06-06 Rohm & Haas Drug composition
US3370035A (en) 1961-06-23 1968-02-20 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd Stabilization of polyalkylene oxide
US3332950A (en) 1963-03-23 1967-07-25 Endo Lab 14-hydroxydihydronormorphinone derivatives
GB1147210A (en) 1965-06-30 1969-04-02 Eastman Kodak Co Improvements in or relating to vitamins
US3652589A (en) 1967-07-27 1972-03-28 Gruenenthal Chemie 1-(m-substituted phenyl)-2-aminomethyl cyclohexanols
US3806603A (en) 1969-10-13 1974-04-23 W Gaunt Pharmaceutical carriers of plasticized dried milled particles of hydrated cooked rice endosperm
CH503520A (en) 1969-12-15 1971-02-28 Inventa Ag Process for grinding granular materials, in particular plastic granulates, at low temperatures
DE2210071A1 (en) 1971-03-09 1972-09-14 PPG Industries Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa. (V.StA.) Process for applying and curing a wide variety of coatings
US3865108A (en) 1971-05-17 1975-02-11 Ortho Pharma Corp Expandable drug delivery device
US3966747A (en) 1972-10-26 1976-06-29 Bristol-Myers Company 9-Hydroxy-6,7-benzomorphans
US4014965A (en) 1972-11-24 1977-03-29 The Dow Chemical Company Process for scrapless forming of plastic articles
US3980766A (en) 1973-08-13 1976-09-14 West Laboratories, Inc. Orally administered drug composition for therapy in the treatment of narcotic drug addiction
US3941865A (en) 1973-12-10 1976-03-02 Union Carbide Corporation Extrusion of ethylene oxide resins
US4002173A (en) 1974-07-23 1977-01-11 International Paper Company Diester crosslinked polyglucan hydrogels and reticulated sponges thereof
DE2530563C2 (en) 1975-07-09 1986-07-24 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen Analgesic drugs with reduced potential for abuse
JPS603286B2 (en) 1977-03-03 1985-01-26 日本化薬株式会社 Constant-dissolution formulation
US4207893A (en) 1977-08-29 1980-06-17 Alza Corporation Device using hydrophilic polymer for delivering drug to biological environment
US4175119A (en) 1978-01-11 1979-11-20 Porter Garry L Composition and method to prevent accidental and intentional overdosage with psychoactive drugs
DE2822324C3 (en) 1978-05-22 1981-02-26 Basf Ag, 6700 Ludwigshafen Manufacture of vitamin E dry powder
US4211681A (en) 1978-08-16 1980-07-08 Union Carbide Corporation Poly(ethylene oxide) compositions
US4200704A (en) 1978-09-28 1980-04-29 Union Carbide Corporation Controlled degradation of poly(ethylene oxide)
NO793297L (en) 1978-10-19 1980-04-22 Mallinckrodt Inc PROCEDURE FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF OXYMORPHONE
US4258027A (en) 1979-03-26 1981-03-24 Mead Johnson & Company Multi-fractionable tablet structure
US4215104A (en) 1979-03-26 1980-07-29 Mead Johnson & Company Multi-fractionable tablet structure
CA1146866A (en) 1979-07-05 1983-05-24 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Process for the production of sustained release pharmaceutical composition of solid medical material
US4353887A (en) 1979-08-16 1982-10-12 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Divisible tablet having controlled and delayed release of the active substance
CH648754A5 (en) 1979-08-16 1985-04-15 Ciba Geigy Ag Pharmaceutical slow release tablet
US4457933A (en) 1980-01-24 1984-07-03 Bristol-Myers Company Prevention of analgesic abuse
JPS56169622A (en) 1980-06-03 1981-12-26 Kissei Pharmaceut Co Ltd Method of making solid preparation from oily substance
DE3024416C2 (en) 1980-06-28 1982-04-15 Gödecke AG, 1000 Berlin Process for the production of medicaments with sustained release of active substances
US4473640A (en) 1982-06-03 1984-09-25 Combie Joan D Detection of morphine and its analogues using enzymatic hydrolysis
US4462941A (en) 1982-06-10 1984-07-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Dynorphin amide analogs
US4427778A (en) 1982-06-29 1984-01-24 Biochem Technology, Inc. Enzymatic preparation of particulate cellulose for tablet making
US4485211A (en) 1982-09-15 1984-11-27 The B. F. Goodrich Company Poly(glycidyl ether)block copolymers and process for their preparation
US4427681A (en) 1982-09-16 1984-01-24 Richardson-Vicks, Inc. Thixotropic compositions easily convertible to pourable liquids
US4529583A (en) 1983-03-07 1985-07-16 Clear Lake Development Group Composition and method of immobilizing emetics and method of treating human beings with emetics
US4603143A (en) 1983-05-02 1986-07-29 Basf Corporation Free-flowing, high density, fat soluble vitamin powders with improved stability
US4765989A (en) 1983-05-11 1988-08-23 Alza Corporation Osmotic device for administering certain drugs
US5082668A (en) 1983-05-11 1992-01-21 Alza Corporation Controlled-release system with constant pushing source
US4612008A (en) 1983-05-11 1986-09-16 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with dual thermodynamic activity
US4783337A (en) 1983-05-11 1988-11-08 Alza Corporation Osmotic system comprising plurality of members for dispensing drug
US4599342A (en) 1984-01-16 1986-07-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Pharmaceutical products providing enhanced analgesia
US4629621A (en) 1984-07-23 1986-12-16 Zetachron, Inc. Erodible matrix for sustained release bioactive composition
AU592065B2 (en) 1984-10-09 1990-01-04 Dow Chemical Company, The Sustained release dosage form based on highly plasticized cellulose ether gels
GB8507779D0 (en) 1985-03-26 1985-05-01 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Drug carrier
WO1987000045A1 (en) 1985-06-24 1987-01-15 Ici Australia Limited Ingestible capsules
AU607681B2 (en) 1985-06-28 1991-03-14 Carrington Laboratories, Inc. Processes for preparation of aloe products, products produced thereby and compositions thereof
US4992279A (en) 1985-07-03 1991-02-12 Kraft General Foods, Inc. Sweetness inhibitor
US4851521A (en) 1985-07-08 1989-07-25 Fidia, S.P.A. Esters of hyaluronic acid
EP0226061B1 (en) 1985-12-17 1994-02-16 United States Surgical Corporation High molecular weight bioresorbable polymers and implantation devices thereof
US5229164A (en) 1985-12-19 1993-07-20 Capsoid Pharma Gmbh Process for producing individually dosed administration forms
US4711894A (en) 1986-01-16 1987-12-08 Henkel Corporation Stabilized tocopherol in dry, particulate, free-flowing form
US4940556A (en) 1986-01-30 1990-07-10 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Method of preparing long acting formulation
US5198226A (en) 1986-01-30 1993-03-30 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Long acting nicardipine hydrochloride formulation
US4764378A (en) 1986-02-10 1988-08-16 Zetachron, Inc. Buccal drug dosage form
BR8701434A (en) 1986-03-31 1987-12-29 Union Carbide Corp PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A DISPERSION, PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A CATALYST; PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF POLYALKYLENE OXIDES; AND THE PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SOLID ALKYLENE OXIDE POLYMERS IN RELATIVE LOW PRESSURE CONDITIONS
DE3612211A1 (en) 1986-04-11 1987-10-15 Basf Ag CONTINUOUS TABLET METHOD
US4667013A (en) 1986-05-02 1987-05-19 Union Carbide Corporation Process for alkylene oxide polymerization
US4713243A (en) 1986-06-16 1987-12-15 Johnson & Johnson Products, Inc. Bioadhesive extruded film for intra-oral drug delivery and process
USRE33093E (en) 1986-06-16 1989-10-17 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Products, Inc. Bioadhesive extruded film for intra-oral drug delivery and process
USRE34990E (en) 1986-08-07 1995-07-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Oral therapeutic system having systemic action
CA1335748C (en) 1986-09-25 1995-05-30 Jeffrey Lawrence Finnan Crosslinked gelatins
US5227157A (en) 1986-10-14 1993-07-13 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Delivery of therapeutic agents
JP2962731B2 (en) 1986-11-10 1999-10-12 バイオピュアー、コーポレーション Ultra-pure semi-synthetic blood substitute
US4892889A (en) 1986-11-18 1990-01-09 Basf Corporation Process for making a spray-dried, directly-compressible vitamin powder comprising unhydrolyzed gelatin
JPH0831303B2 (en) 1986-12-01 1996-03-27 オムロン株式会社 Chip type fuse
DE3868077D1 (en) 1987-01-14 1992-03-12 Ciba Geigy Ag THERAPEUTIC SYSTEM FOR HEAVY-SOLUBLE ACTIVE SUBSTANCES.
US4892778A (en) 1987-05-27 1990-01-09 Alza Corporation Juxtaposed laminated arrangement
US5051261A (en) 1987-11-24 1991-09-24 Fmc Corporation Method for preparing a solid sustained release form of a functionally active composition
AU611520B2 (en) 1987-12-17 1991-06-13 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc Tri-scored drug tablet
DE3812567A1 (en) 1988-04-15 1989-10-26 Basf Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING PHARMACEUTICAL MIXTURES
US4954346A (en) 1988-06-08 1990-09-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Orally administrable nifedipine solution in a solid light resistant dosage form
US4960814A (en) 1988-06-13 1990-10-02 Eastman Kodak Company Water-dispersible polymeric compositions
US5350741A (en) 1988-07-30 1994-09-27 Kanji Takada Enteric formulations of physiologically active peptides and proteins
JPH0249719A (en) 1988-08-11 1990-02-20 Dai Ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co Ltd Oil soluble-vitamin powder having readily water-dispersible and soluble performance
GB8820327D0 (en) 1988-08-26 1988-09-28 May & Baker Ltd New compositions of matter
DE3830353A1 (en) 1988-09-07 1990-03-15 Basf Ag METHOD FOR THE CONTINUOUS PRODUCTION OF SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS
US5139790A (en) 1988-10-14 1992-08-18 Zetachron, Inc. Low-melting moldable pharmaceutical excipient and dosage forms prepared therewith
US5004601A (en) 1988-10-14 1991-04-02 Zetachron, Inc. Low-melting moldable pharmaceutical excipient and dosage forms prepared therewith
US4957668A (en) 1988-12-07 1990-09-18 General Motors Corporation Ultrasonic compacting and bonding particles
US5190760A (en) 1989-07-08 1993-03-02 Coopers Animal Health Limited Solid pharmaceutical composition
US5169645A (en) 1989-10-31 1992-12-08 Duquesne University Of The Holy Ghost Directly compressible granules having improved flow properties
US5200197A (en) 1989-11-16 1993-04-06 Alza Corporation Contraceptive pill
GB8926612D0 (en) 1989-11-24 1990-01-17 Erba Farmitalia Pharmaceutical compositions
EP0449775A3 (en) 1990-03-29 1992-09-02 Ciba-Geigy Ag Polyether-polyester block copolymers and their use as dispersing agents
SU1759445A1 (en) 1990-06-15 1992-09-07 Ленинградский Технологический Институт Им.Ленсовета Method of producing encapsulated hydrophobic substances
FR2664851B1 (en) 1990-07-20 1992-10-16 Oreal METHOD OF COMPACTING A POWDER MIXTURE FOR OBTAINING A COMPACT ABSORBENT OR PARTIALLY DELITABLE PRODUCT AND PRODUCT OBTAINED BY THIS PROCESS.
EP0477135A1 (en) 1990-09-07 1992-03-25 Warner-Lambert Company Chewable spheroidal coated microcapsules and methods for preparing same
US5126151A (en) 1991-01-24 1992-06-30 Warner-Lambert Company Encapsulation matrix
US5273758A (en) 1991-03-18 1993-12-28 Sandoz Ltd. Directly compressible polyethylene oxide vehicle for preparing therapeutic dosage forms
US5149538A (en) 1991-06-14 1992-09-22 Warner-Lambert Company Misuse-resistive transdermal opioid dosage form
JP3073054B2 (en) 1991-07-11 2000-08-07 住友精化株式会社 Method for producing alkylene oxide polymer
US5496563A (en) 1991-08-30 1996-03-05 Showa Yakuhin Kako Co., Ltd. Dry gel composition
AU2670292A (en) 1991-10-04 1993-05-03 Olin Corporation Fungicide tablet
ATE183642T1 (en) 1991-10-04 1999-09-15 Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical DELAYED-RELEASE TABLET
DE4138513A1 (en) 1991-11-23 1993-05-27 Basf Ag SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL RETARD FORM
US5266331A (en) 1991-11-27 1993-11-30 Euroceltique, S.A. Controlled release oxycodone compositions
ES2090714T3 (en) 1991-12-05 1996-10-16 Mallinckrodt Veterinary Inc CARBOHYDRATE GLASS MATRIX FOR THE PROLONGED RELEASE OF A THERAPEUTIC AGENT.
US5200194A (en) 1991-12-18 1993-04-06 Alza Corporation Oral osmotic device
DK0617612T3 (en) 1991-12-18 1998-04-14 Warner Lambert Co Process for preparing a solid dispersion
US5225417A (en) 1992-01-21 1993-07-06 G. D. Searle & Co. Opioid agonist compounds
IL105553A (en) 1992-05-06 1998-01-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica Inc Solid dosage form comprising a porous network of matrix forming material which disperses rapidly in water
ES2086229T3 (en) 1992-05-22 1996-06-16 Goedecke Ag PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING DELAYED ACTION MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS.
GB9217295D0 (en) 1992-08-14 1992-09-30 Wellcome Found Controlled released tablets
DE4227385A1 (en) 1992-08-19 1994-02-24 Kali Chemie Pharma Gmbh Pancreatin micropellets
DE4229085C2 (en) 1992-09-01 1996-07-11 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh Elongated, divisible tablet
PT661045E (en) 1992-09-18 2002-11-29 Yamanouchi Pharma Co Ltd PREPARATION IN HYDROGEL OF PROLONGED LIBERATION
US5472943A (en) 1992-09-21 1995-12-05 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University, Method of simultaneously enhancing analgesic potency and attenuating dependence liability caused by morphine and other opioid agonists
FI101039B (en) 1992-10-09 1998-04-15 Eeva Kristoffersson Method for preparing medicated pellets
AU679937B2 (en) 1992-11-18 1997-07-17 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Products, Inc. Extrudable compositions for topical or transdermal drug delivery
US5662935A (en) 1992-12-23 1997-09-02 Saitec S.R.L. Process for preparing controlled release pharmaceutical forms and the forms thus obtained
GB2273874A (en) 1992-12-31 1994-07-06 Pertti Olavi Toermaelae Preparation of pharmaceuticals in a polymer matrix
US6071970A (en) 1993-02-08 2000-06-06 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds active at a novel site on receptor-operated calcium channels useful for treatment of neurological disorders and diseases
US5914132A (en) 1993-02-26 1999-06-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Pharmaceutical dosage form with multiple enteric polymer coatings for colonic delivery
DE4309528C2 (en) 1993-03-24 1998-05-20 Doxa Gmbh Casein film or film tube, process for their production and their use
NZ260408A (en) 1993-05-10 1996-05-28 Euro Celtique Sa Controlled release preparation comprising tramadol
IL109944A (en) 1993-07-01 1998-12-06 Euro Celtique Sa Sustained release dosage unit forms containing morphine and a method of preparing these sustained release dosage unit forms
DE4329794C2 (en) 1993-09-03 1997-09-18 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tramadol salt-containing drugs with delayed release
HU218673B (en) 1993-10-07 2000-10-28 Euroceltique S.A. Controlled release pharmaceutical composition for orally administration comprising opioid analgesic and process for producing its
ATE212224T1 (en) 1993-11-23 2002-02-15 Euro Celtique Sa METHOD FOR PRODUCING A MEDICINAL COMPOSITION WITH DELAYED RELEASE
KR100354702B1 (en) 1993-11-23 2002-12-28 유로-셀티크 소시에떼 아노뉨 Manufacturing method and sustained release composition of pharmaceutical composition
WO1995017174A1 (en) 1993-12-20 1995-06-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for making laxatives containing dioctyl sulfosuccinate
GB9401894D0 (en) 1994-02-01 1994-03-30 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Ltd New compositions of matter
ES2199981T3 (en) 1994-02-16 2004-03-01 Abbott Laboratories MODE OF PREPARATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS OF FINE PARTICLES.
SE9503924D0 (en) 1995-08-18 1995-11-07 Astra Ab Novel opioid peptides
US5458887A (en) 1994-03-02 1995-10-17 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release tablet formulation
DE4413350A1 (en) 1994-04-18 1995-10-19 Basf Ag Retard matrix pellets and process for their production
SI9520049A (en) 1994-05-06 1997-12-31 Pfizer Controlled-release dosage forms of azithromycin
DE19509807A1 (en) 1995-03-21 1996-09-26 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of active substance preparations in the form of a solid solution of the active substance in a polymer matrix, and active substance preparations produced using this method
AT403988B (en) 1994-05-18 1998-07-27 Lannacher Heilmittel SOLID ORAL RETARDED PREPARATION
US5460826A (en) 1994-06-27 1995-10-24 Alza Corporation Morphine therapy
DE4426245A1 (en) 1994-07-23 1996-02-22 Gruenenthal Gmbh 1-phenyl-3-dimethylamino-propane compounds with pharmacological activity
IT1274879B (en) 1994-08-03 1997-07-25 Saitec Srl APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PREPARING SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE OF THE ACTIVE INGREDIENT.
JP3285452B2 (en) 1994-08-11 2002-05-27 サンスター株式会社 Toothpaste composition
US5837790A (en) 1994-10-24 1998-11-17 Amcol International Corporation Precipitation polymerization process for producing an oil adsorbent polymer capable of entrapping solid particles and liquids and the product thereof
AUPM897594A0 (en) 1994-10-25 1994-11-17 Daratech Pty Ltd Controlled release container
US5965161A (en) 1994-11-04 1999-10-12 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Extruded multi-particulates
DE4446470A1 (en) 1994-12-23 1996-06-27 Basf Ag Process for the production of dividable tablets
DE19504832A1 (en) 1995-02-14 1996-08-22 Basf Ag Solid drug preparations
US5945125A (en) 1995-02-28 1999-08-31 Temple University Controlled release tablet
US6117453A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-09-12 Pharma Pass Solid compositions containing polyethylene oxide and an active ingredient
US6348469B1 (en) 1995-04-14 2002-02-19 Pharma Pass Llc Solid compositions containing glipizide and polyethylene oxide
US5900425A (en) 1995-05-02 1999-05-04 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Pharmaceutical preparations having controlled release of active compound and processes for their preparation
DE19522899C1 (en) 1995-06-23 1996-12-19 Hexal Pharmaforschung Gmbh Process for the continuous sintering of a granulate
US5759583A (en) 1995-08-30 1998-06-02 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Sustained release poly (lactic/glycolic) matrices
US6007843A (en) 1995-09-29 1999-12-28 Lam Pharmaceuticals Corp. Sustained release delivery system
US5811126A (en) 1995-10-02 1998-09-22 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release matrix for pharmaceuticals
DE19539361A1 (en) 1995-10-23 1997-04-24 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of multilayer, solid pharmaceutical forms for oral or rectal administration
US6355656B1 (en) 1995-12-04 2002-03-12 Celgene Corporation Phenidate drug formulations having diminished abuse potential
US5908850A (en) 1995-12-04 1999-06-01 Celgene Corporation Method of treating attention deficit disorders with d-threo methylphenidate
DE19547766A1 (en) 1995-12-20 1997-06-26 Gruenenthal Gmbh 1-phenyl-2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohexan-1-ol compounds as active pharmaceutical ingredients
DK0914097T3 (en) 1996-03-12 2002-04-29 Alza Corp Composition and dosage form comprising opioid antagonist
US6461644B1 (en) 1996-03-25 2002-10-08 Richard R. Jackson Anesthetizing plastics, drug delivery plastics, and related medical products, systems and methods
US20020114838A1 (en) 1996-04-05 2002-08-22 Ayer Atul D. Uniform drug delivery therapy
US6096339A (en) 1997-04-04 2000-08-01 Alza Corporation Dosage form, process of making and using same
PL189066B1 (en) 1996-04-05 2005-06-30 Takeda Pharmaceutical Pharmaceutical combination containing a compound having angiotensin ii and antagonistic activity
US5817343A (en) 1996-05-14 1998-10-06 Alkermes, Inc. Method for fabricating polymer-based controlled-release devices
IL127378A (en) 1996-06-06 2003-07-31 Bifodan As Enteric coating for an oral preparation
ATE427124T1 (en) 1996-06-26 2009-04-15 Univ Texas HOT-MELTED EXTRUDABLE PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION
WO1998001117A1 (en) 1996-07-08 1998-01-15 Edward Mendell Co., Inc. Sustained release matrix for high-dose insoluble drugs
DE19629753A1 (en) 1996-07-23 1998-01-29 Basf Ag Process for the production of solid dosage forms
NL1003684C2 (en) 1996-07-25 1998-01-28 Weterings B V H Device for dispensing a liquid.
DE19630236A1 (en) 1996-07-26 1998-01-29 Wolff Walsrode Ag Biaxially stretched, biodegradable and compostable sausage casing
BE1010353A5 (en) 1996-08-14 1998-06-02 Boss Pharmaceuticals Ag Method for manufacture of pharmaceutical products, device for such a method and pharmaceutical products obtained.
DE69731396C5 (en) 1996-11-05 2013-10-31 Novamont S.P.A. Biodegradable polymer compositions containing starch and a thermoplastic polymer
AU1340497A (en) 1996-12-20 1998-07-17 Mts Systems Corporation Magnetostrictive position sensing probe with waveguide referenced to tip
DE19705538C1 (en) 1997-02-14 1998-08-27 Goedecke Ag Process for the separation of active substances in solid pharmaceutical preparations
US5948787A (en) 1997-02-28 1999-09-07 Alza Corporation Compositions containing opiate analgesics
DE19710213A1 (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Basf Ag Process for the manufacture of solid combination dosage forms
DE19710008A1 (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Basf Ag Solid, at least two-phase formulations of a sustained-release opioid analgesic
DE19710009A1 (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-24 Knoll Ag Multi-phase preparation forms containing active ingredients
US6139770A (en) 1997-05-16 2000-10-31 Chevron Chemical Company Llc Photoinitiators and oxygen scavenging compositions
DE19721467A1 (en) 1997-05-22 1998-11-26 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of small-scale preparations of biologically active substances
US6635280B2 (en) 1997-06-06 2003-10-21 Depomed, Inc. Extending the duration of drug release within the stomach during the fed mode
ES2248908T7 (en) 1997-06-06 2014-11-24 Depomed, Inc. Dosage forms of drugs orally and gastric retention for continued release of highly soluble drugs
WO1999001111A1 (en) 1997-07-02 1999-01-14 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Stabilized sustained release tramadol formulations
IE970588A1 (en) 1997-08-01 2000-08-23 Elan Corp Plc Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions containing tiagabine
AU741599B2 (en) 1997-09-10 2001-12-06 Fram Group Ip Llc Injection molding of structural zirconia-based materials by an aqueous process
US6009390A (en) 1997-09-11 1999-12-28 Lucent Technologies Inc. Technique for selective use of Gaussian kernels and mixture component weights of tied-mixture hidden Markov models for speech recognition
US6547997B1 (en) 1997-11-28 2003-04-15 Abbot Laboratories Method for producing solvent-free noncrystalline biologically active substances
DE19753534A1 (en) 1997-12-03 1999-06-10 Bayer Ag Biodegradable thermoplastic polyester-amides with good mechanical properties for molding, film and fiber, useful for e.g. compostable refuse bag
KR20010032718A (en) 1997-12-03 2001-04-25 빌프리더 하이더 Polyether Ester Amides
US6375957B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2002-04-23 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Opioid agonist/opioid antagonist/acetaminophen combinations
IL136805A0 (en) 1997-12-22 2001-11-25 Euro Celtique Sa A method of preventing abuse of opioid dosage forms
DE19800698A1 (en) 1998-01-10 1999-07-15 Bayer Ag Biodegradable polyester amides with block-like polyester and polyamide segments
DE19800689C1 (en) 1998-01-10 1999-07-15 Deloro Stellite Gmbh Shaped body made of a wear-resistant material
US6251430B1 (en) 1998-02-04 2001-06-26 Guohua Zhang Water insoluble polymer based sustained release formulation
US6322811B1 (en) 1998-02-06 2001-11-27 Union Carbide Chemicals & Plastics Technology Corporation Alkylene oxide polymer compositions
WO1999045067A1 (en) 1998-03-05 1999-09-10 Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Polylactic acid composition and film thereof
US6245357B1 (en) 1998-03-06 2001-06-12 Alza Corporation Extended release dosage form
US6090411A (en) 1998-03-09 2000-07-18 Temple University Monolithic tablet for controlled drug release
US6110500A (en) 1998-03-25 2000-08-29 Temple University Coated tablet with long term parabolic and zero-order release kinetics
KR20010042419A (en) 1998-04-02 2001-05-25 조셉 제이. 스위니 Method for etching low k dielectrics
CA2327685C (en) 1998-04-03 2008-11-18 Bm Research A/S Controlled release composition
US5962488A (en) 1998-04-08 1999-10-05 Roberts Laboratories, Inc. Stable pharmaceutical formulations for treating internal bowel syndrome containing isoxazole derivatives
DE19822979A1 (en) 1998-05-25 1999-12-02 Kalle Nalo Gmbh & Co Kg Film with starch or starch derivatives and polyester urethanes and process for their production
US6333087B1 (en) 1998-08-27 2001-12-25 Chevron Chemical Company Llc Oxygen scavenging packaging
DE19841244A1 (en) 1998-09-09 2000-03-16 Knoll Ag Method and device for making tablets
GT199900148A (en) 1998-09-10 2001-02-28 Denaturing for the sympathomimetic amine salts.
US6268177B1 (en) 1998-09-22 2001-07-31 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Isolated nucleic acid encoding nucleotide pyrophosphorylase
CN1327384A (en) 1998-10-20 2001-12-19 韩国科学技术研究院 Bioflavonoids as plasma high density lipoprotein level increasing agent
US6322819B1 (en) 1998-10-21 2001-11-27 Shire Laboratories, Inc. Oral pulsed dose drug delivery system
US20060240105A1 (en) 1998-11-02 2006-10-26 Elan Corporation, Plc Multiparticulate modified release composition
ES2141688B1 (en) 1998-11-06 2001-02-01 Vita Invest Sa NEW ESTERS DERIVED FROM SUBSTITUTED FENIL-CICLOHEXIL COMPOUNDS.
DE19855440A1 (en) 1998-12-01 2000-06-08 Basf Ag Process for the production of solid dosage forms by melt extrusion
DE19856147A1 (en) 1998-12-04 2000-06-08 Knoll Ag Divisible solid dosage forms and methods for their preparation
EP1005863A1 (en) 1998-12-04 2000-06-07 Synthelabo Controlled-release dosage forms comprising a short acting hypnotic or a salt thereof
US6419960B1 (en) 1998-12-17 2002-07-16 Euro-Celtique S.A. Controlled release formulations having rapid onset and rapid decline of effective plasma drug concentrations
US6238697B1 (en) 1998-12-21 2001-05-29 Pharmalogix, Inc. Methods and formulations for making bupropion hydrochloride tablets using direct compression
AU3469100A (en) 1999-01-05 2000-07-24 Copley Pharmaceutical Inc. Sustained release formulation with reduced moisture sensitivity
AU2255800A (en) 1999-02-04 2000-08-25 Nichimo Co. Ltd. Materials for preventing arteriosclerosis, immunopotentiating materials, vertebrates fed with these materials and eggs thereof
US7374779B2 (en) 1999-02-26 2008-05-20 Lipocine, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations and systems for improved absorption and multistage release of active agents
US6375963B1 (en) 1999-06-16 2002-04-23 Michael A. Repka Bioadhesive hot-melt extruded film for topical and mucosal adhesion applications and drug delivery and process for preparation thereof
US6384020B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2002-05-07 Shire Laboratories, Inc. Rapid immediate release oral dosage form
US20030118641A1 (en) 2000-07-27 2003-06-26 Roxane Laboratories, Inc. Abuse-resistant sustained-release opioid formulation
EP1204406A2 (en) 1999-07-29 2002-05-15 Roxane Laboratories, Inc. Opioid sustained-released formulation
EP1205190B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2006-05-03 Astellas Pharma Inc. Stable medicinal compositions for oral use using ferric oxides
US6562375B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2003-05-13 Yamanouchi Pharmaceuticals, Co., Ltd. Stable pharmaceutical composition for oral use
KR100345214B1 (en) 1999-08-17 2002-07-25 이강춘 The nasal transmucosal delivery of peptides conjugated with biocompatible polymers
DE19940740A1 (en) 1999-08-31 2001-03-01 Gruenenthal Gmbh Pharmaceutical salts
DE19940944B4 (en) 1999-08-31 2006-10-12 Grünenthal GmbH Retarded, oral, pharmaceutical dosage forms
ES2226886T3 (en) 1999-08-31 2005-04-01 Grunenthal Gmbh FORM OF ADMINISTRATION OF DELAYED ACTION CONTAINING SQUARINATE OF TRAMADOL.
DE19960494A1 (en) 1999-12-15 2001-06-21 Knoll Ag Device and method for producing solid active substance-containing forms
ES2160534B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2002-04-16 Vita Invest Sa NEW ESTERS DERIVED FROM (RR, SS) -2-HYDROXIBENZOATE 3- (2-DIMETHYLMINOME-1-HYDROXICICLOHEXIL) PHENYL.
US6680070B1 (en) 2000-01-18 2004-01-20 Albemarle Corporation Particulate blends and compacted products formed therefrom, and the preparation thereof
AP1665A (en) 2000-02-08 2006-09-22 Euro Celtique Sa Tamper-resistant oral opioid agonist formulations.
US20020015730A1 (en) 2000-03-09 2002-02-07 Torsten Hoffmann Pharmaceutical formulations and method for making
DE10015479A1 (en) 2000-03-29 2001-10-11 Basf Ag Solid oral dosage forms with delayed release of active ingredient and high mechanical stability
US8012504B2 (en) 2000-04-28 2011-09-06 Reckitt Benckiser Inc. Sustained release of guaifenesin combination drugs
US6572887B2 (en) 2000-05-01 2003-06-03 National Starch And Chemical Investment Holding Corporation Polysaccharide material for direct compression
US6419954B1 (en) 2000-05-19 2002-07-16 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Tablets and methods for modified release of hydrophilic and other active agents
EP1289553B1 (en) 2000-05-23 2011-07-13 CeNeS Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nrg-2 nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, and diagnostic and therapeutic methods
DE10029201A1 (en) 2000-06-19 2001-12-20 Basf Ag Retarded release oral dosage form, obtained by granulating mixture containing active agent and polyvinyl acetate-polyvinyl pyrrolidone mixture below the melting temperature
US6488962B1 (en) 2000-06-20 2002-12-03 Depomed, Inc. Tablet shapes to enhance gastric retention of swellable controlled-release oral dosage forms
US6607748B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2003-08-19 Vincent Lenaerts Cross-linked high amylose starch for use in controlled-release pharmaceutical formulations and processes for its manufacture
DE10036400A1 (en) 2000-07-26 2002-06-06 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Gmbh White, biaxially oriented polyester film
AU2001292993A1 (en) 2000-09-25 2002-04-08 Pro-Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for reducing side effects in chemotherapeutic treatments
AU2001290133A1 (en) 2000-09-27 2002-04-08 Danisco A/S Antimicrobial agent
AU2001294902A1 (en) 2000-09-28 2002-04-08 The Dow Chemical Company Polymer composite structures useful for controlled release systems
GB0026137D0 (en) 2000-10-25 2000-12-13 Euro Celtique Sa Transdermal dosage form
US6344215B1 (en) 2000-10-27 2002-02-05 Eurand America, Inc. Methylphenidate modified release formulations
AU2002226098A1 (en) 2000-10-30 2002-05-15 The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Spherical particles produced by a hot-melt extrusion/spheronization process
KR100968128B1 (en) 2000-10-30 2010-07-06 유로-셀티크 소시에떼 아노뉨 Controlled release hydrocodone formulations
DE10109763A1 (en) 2001-02-28 2002-09-05 Gruenenthal Gmbh Pharmaceutical salts
JP2002265592A (en) 2001-03-07 2002-09-18 Sumitomo Seika Chem Co Ltd Process for producing alkylene oxide polymer
WO2002071860A1 (en) 2001-03-13 2002-09-19 L.A. Dreyfus Co. Gum base and gum manufacturing using particulated gum base ingredients
JP3967554B2 (en) 2001-03-15 2007-08-29 株式会社ポッカコーポレーション Flavonoid compound and method for producing the same
EP1241110A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Dispensing unit for oxygen-sensitive drugs
US20020132395A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-19 International Business Machines Corporation Body contact in SOI devices by electrically weakening the oxide under the body
MXPA03009588A (en) 2001-04-18 2004-12-06 Nostrum Pharmaceuticals Inc A novel coating for a sustained release pharmaceutical composition.
US20020187192A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-12-12 Yatindra Joshi Pharmaceutical composition which reduces or eliminates drug abuse potential
DE60211885T2 (en) 2001-05-01 2006-11-02 Union Carbide Chemicals & Plastics Technology Corp., Danbury PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING POLYALKYLENE OXIDES WITH REDUCED AMOIC ACID AND ANTIC ACID DERIVATIVES
UA81224C2 (en) 2001-05-02 2007-12-25 Euro Celtic S A Dosage form of oxycodone and use thereof
US6852891B2 (en) 2001-05-08 2005-02-08 The Johns Hopkins University Method of inhibiting methaphetamine synthesis
ATE345112T1 (en) 2001-05-11 2006-12-15 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc MEDICINAL FORM CONTAINING OPIOID AGAINST ABUSE
CN1525851A (en) 2001-05-11 2004-09-01 ������ҩ�����޹�˾ Abuse-resistant controlled-release opioid dosage form
US6623754B2 (en) 2001-05-21 2003-09-23 Noveon Ip Holdings Corp. Dosage form of N-acetyl cysteine
US7125561B2 (en) 2001-05-22 2006-10-24 Euro-Celtique S.A. Compartmentalized dosage form
US20030064122A1 (en) 2001-05-23 2003-04-03 Endo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Abuse resistant pharmaceutical composition containing capsaicin
WO2003002100A1 (en) 2001-06-26 2003-01-09 Farrell John J Tamper-proof narcotic delivery system
US20030008409A1 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-01-09 Spearman Steven R. Method and apparatus for determining sunlight exposure
ES2292775T3 (en) 2001-07-06 2008-03-16 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. FORMULATIONS OF PROLONGED RELEASE OF OXIMORPHONE.
WO2003004032A1 (en) 2001-07-06 2003-01-16 Endo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oral administration of 6-hydroxy-oxymorphone for use as an analgesic
US8329216B2 (en) 2001-07-06 2012-12-11 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. Oxymorphone controlled release formulations
JP2003020517A (en) 2001-07-10 2003-01-24 Calp Corp Resin composition for compound fiber
JP4256259B2 (en) 2001-07-18 2009-04-22 ユーロ−セルティーク エス.エイ. Pharmaceutical formulation of oxycodone and naloxone
US6883976B2 (en) 2001-07-30 2005-04-26 Seikoh Giken Co., Ltd. Optical fiber ferrule assembly and optical module and optical connector using the same
US20030044458A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-03-06 Curtis Wright Oral dosage form comprising a therapeutic agent and an adverse-effect agent
WO2003015531A2 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-27 Thomas Gruber Pharmaceutical formulation containing dye
HUP0401195A3 (en) 2001-08-06 2006-11-28 Euro Celtique Sa Compositions to prevent abuse of opioids containing aversive agent and process of their preparation
US7842307B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2010-11-30 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pharmaceutical formulation containing opioid agonist, opioid antagonist and gelling agent
US7157103B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2007-01-02 Euro-Celtique S.A. Pharmaceutical formulation containing irritant
AU2002324624A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-24 Euro-Celtique S.A. Sequestered antagonist formulations
US7332182B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2008-02-19 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pharmaceutical formulation containing opioid agonist, opioid antagonist and irritant
US20030068375A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-04-10 Curtis Wright Pharmaceutical formulation containing gelling agent
IL160217A0 (en) 2001-08-06 2004-07-25 Euro Celtique Sa Compositions and methods to prevent abuse of opioids
US7141250B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2006-11-28 Euro-Celtique S.A. Pharmaceutical formulation containing bittering agent
US7144587B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2006-12-05 Euro-Celtique S.A. Pharmaceutical formulation containing opioid agonist, opioid antagonist and bittering agent
US20030049272A1 (en) 2001-08-30 2003-03-13 Yatindra Joshi Pharmaceutical composition which produces irritation
US20030059467A1 (en) 2001-09-14 2003-03-27 Pawan Seth Pharmaceutical composition comprising doxasozin
US6691698B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2004-02-17 Fmc Technologies Inc. Cooking oven having curved heat exchanger
US20030068276A1 (en) 2001-09-17 2003-04-10 Lyn Hughes Dosage forms
US20030059397A1 (en) 2001-09-17 2003-03-27 Lyn Hughes Dosage forms
US20030092724A1 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-05-15 Huaihung Kao Combination sustained release-immediate release oral dosage forms with an opioid analgesic and a non-opioid analgesic
US20050019399A1 (en) 2001-09-21 2005-01-27 Gina Fischer Controlled release solid dispersions
WO2003024430A1 (en) 2001-09-21 2003-03-27 Egalet A/S Morphine polymer release system
AU2002342755A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-14 Klaus-Jurgen Steffens Method and device for producing granulates that comprise at least one pharmaceutical active substance
WO2003026743A2 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Company Opioid formulations having reduced potential for abuse
US6837696B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2005-01-04 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Apparatus for manufacturing dosage forms
CN1592611A (en) 2001-09-28 2005-03-09 麦克内尔-Ppc股份有限公司 Modified release dosage forms
ES2261741T3 (en) 2001-10-09 2006-11-16 THE PROCTER &amp; GAMBLE COMPANY WATERPROOF COMPOSITIONS TO TREAT A SURFACE.
US6592901B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2003-07-15 Hercules Incorporated Highly compressible ethylcellulose for tableting
JP2003125706A (en) 2001-10-23 2003-05-07 Lion Corp Mouth freshening preparation
PE20030527A1 (en) 2001-10-24 2003-07-26 Gruenenthal Chemie DELAYED-RELEASE PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION CONTAINING 3- (3-DIMETHYLAMINO-1-ETHYL-2-METHYL-PROPYL) PHENOL OR A PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALT OF THE SAME AND ORAL TABLETS CONTAINING IT
US20030091630A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-05-15 Jenny Louie-Helm Formulation of an erodible, gastric retentive oral dosage form using in vitro disintegration test data
US20030104052A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-06-05 Bret Berner Gastric retentive oral dosage form with restricted drug release in the lower gastrointestinal tract
CA2409552A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-04-25 Depomed, Inc. Gastric retentive oral dosage form with restricted drug release in the lower gastrointestinal tract
US20030152622A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-08-14 Jenny Louie-Helm Formulation of an erodible, gastric retentive oral diuretic
US6723340B2 (en) 2001-10-25 2004-04-20 Depomed, Inc. Optimal polymer mixtures for gastric retentive tablets
TWI312285B (en) 2001-10-25 2009-07-21 Depomed Inc Methods of treatment using a gastric retained gabapentin dosage
CA2464653C (en) 2001-10-29 2011-10-18 Therics, Inc. System for manufacturing controlled release dosage forms, such as a zero-order release profile dosage form manufactured by three-dimensional printing
US20040126428A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2004-07-01 Lyn Hughes Pharmaceutical formulation including a resinate and an aversive agent
CA2464528A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2003-05-15 Elan Corporation, Plc Pharmaceutical composition
EP1463515A4 (en) 2001-12-06 2005-01-12 Scolr Pharma Inc Isoflavone composition for oral delivery
FR2833838B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2005-09-16 Ellipse Pharmaceuticals METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A TABLET INCLUDING A MORPHINIC ANALGESIC AND TABLET OBTAINED
AUPS044502A0 (en) 2002-02-11 2002-03-07 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Novel catalysts and processes for their preparation
US20040033253A1 (en) 2002-02-19 2004-02-19 Ihor Shevchuk Acyl opioid antagonists
US20030158265A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2003-08-21 Ramachandran Radhakrishnan Orally administrable pharmaceutical formulation comprising pseudoephedrine hydrochloride and process for preparing the same
US20030190343A1 (en) 2002-03-05 2003-10-09 Pfizer Inc. Palatable pharmaceutical compositions for companion animals
US6572889B1 (en) 2002-03-07 2003-06-03 Noveon Ip Holdings Corp. Controlled release solid dosage carbamazepine formulations
US6753009B2 (en) 2002-03-13 2004-06-22 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Soft tablet containing high molecular weight polyethylene oxide
CN100411611C (en) 2002-04-05 2008-08-20 欧洲凯尔蒂克公司 Matrix for sustained, invariant and independent release of active compounds
DE10217232B4 (en) 2002-04-18 2004-08-19 Ticona Gmbh Process for the production of filled granules from polyethylene of high or ultra-high molecular weight
US6960617B2 (en) 2002-04-22 2005-11-01 Purdue Research Foundation Hydrogels having enhanced elasticity and mechanical strength properties
BR0309620A (en) 2002-04-29 2005-03-15 Alza Corp Methods and dosage forms for controlled release of oxycodone
US20050106249A1 (en) 2002-04-29 2005-05-19 Stephen Hwang Once-a-day, oral, controlled-release, oxycodone dosage forms
CA2486075A1 (en) 2002-05-13 2003-11-20 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant opioid solid dosage form
IL165361A0 (en) 2002-05-31 2006-01-15 Alza Corp Dosage forms and compositions for osmotic deliveryof variable dosages of oxycodone
DE10250083A1 (en) 2002-06-17 2003-12-24 Gruenenthal Gmbh Dosage form protected against abuse
US7776314B2 (en) 2002-06-17 2010-08-17 Grunenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage system
JP4694207B2 (en) 2002-07-05 2011-06-08 コルジウム ファーマシューティカル, インコーポレイテッド Abuse deterrent pharmaceutical compositions for opioids and other drugs
US20040011806A1 (en) 2002-07-17 2004-01-22 Luciano Packaging Technologies, Inc. Tablet filler device with star wheel
US20070196481A1 (en) 2002-07-25 2007-08-23 Amidon Gregory E Sustained-release tablet composition
JP2006501234A (en) 2002-08-21 2006-01-12 フォークス ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Use of water-soluble sugar aqueous solutions such as citric acid and lactitol as tableting solutions in tablet production
US7388068B2 (en) 2002-08-21 2008-06-17 Clariant Produkte (Deutschland) Gmbh Copolymers made of alkylene oxides and glycidyl ethers and use thereof as polymerizable emulsifiers
US20040052844A1 (en) 2002-09-16 2004-03-18 Fang-Hsiung Hsiao Time-controlled, sustained release, pharmaceutical composition containing water-soluble resins
PT1635830E (en) 2002-09-17 2008-12-31 Wyeth Corp Granulate formulation of the rapamycin ester cci-779
EP1539098B1 (en) 2002-09-20 2011-08-10 Fmc Corporation Cosmetic composition containing microcrystalline cellulose
EP1555022B1 (en) 2002-09-21 2008-02-20 Shuyi Zhang Sustained release formulation of acetaminophen and tramadol
WO2004026262A2 (en) 2002-09-23 2004-04-01 Verion, Inc. Abuse-resistant pharmaceutical compositions
JP2004143071A (en) 2002-10-23 2004-05-20 Hosokawa Funtai Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Method for producing medicine-containing composite particle and medicine-containing composite particle
US20050186139A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2005-08-25 Gruenenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage form
DE10250088A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form protected against abuse
AR045972A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2005-11-23 Labopharm Inc FORMULATIONS OF RELEASE OF SUSTAINED LIBERATION WITH EFFECTIVENESS OF 24 HOURS
DE10250084A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form protected against abuse
US20050191244A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2005-09-01 Gruenenthal Gmbh Abuse-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form
DE10250087A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form protected against abuse
DE10252667A1 (en) 2002-11-11 2004-05-27 Grünenthal GmbH New spiro-((cyclohexane)-tetrahydropyrano-(3,4-b)-indole) derivatives, are ORL1 receptor ligands useful e.g. for treating anxiety, depression, epilepsy, senile dementia, withdrawal symptoms or especially pain
US20040091528A1 (en) 2002-11-12 2004-05-13 Yamanouchi Pharma Technologies, Inc. Soluble drug extended release system
US7018658B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2006-03-28 Synthon Bv Pharmaceutical pellets comprising tamsulosin
US20040121003A1 (en) 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Acusphere, Inc. Methods for making pharmaceutical formulations comprising deagglomerated microparticles
US20040185097A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-09-23 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Controlled release modifying complex and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US7442387B2 (en) 2003-03-06 2008-10-28 Astellas Pharma Inc. Pharmaceutical composition for controlled release of active substances and manufacturing method thereof
ATE454169T1 (en) 2003-03-13 2010-01-15 Controlled Chemicals Inc OXYCODONE CONJUGATES WITH LOWER ABUSE POTENTIAL AND EXTENDED DURATION
DE602004025159D1 (en) 2003-03-26 2010-03-04 Egalet As Matrix preparations for the controlled administration of drugs
DE602004031096D1 (en) 2003-03-26 2011-03-03 Egalet As MORPHINE SYSTEM WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE
MY135852A (en) 2003-04-21 2008-07-31 Euro Celtique Sa Pharmaceutical products
US9579286B2 (en) 2003-04-21 2017-02-28 Purdue Pharma L.P. Tamper resistant dosage form comprising co-extruded, sequestered adverse agent particles and process of making same
UA82880C2 (en) 2003-04-30 2008-05-26 Tamper-resistant transdermal dosage form comprising an active agent component and an adverse agent component at the distal site of the active agent layer
US8906413B2 (en) 2003-05-12 2014-12-09 Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Drug formulations having reduced abuse potential
CN1473562A (en) 2003-06-27 2004-02-11 辉 刘 Mouth cavity quick dissolving quick disintegrating freeze-dried tablet and its preparing method
HU227142B1 (en) 2003-07-02 2010-08-30 Egis Gyogyszergyar Nyilvanosan Capsule of improved release containing fluconazole
US20050015730A1 (en) 2003-07-14 2005-01-20 Srimanth Gunturi Systems, methods and computer program products for identifying tab order sequence of graphically represented elements
US20070048228A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2007-03-01 Elisabeth Arkenau-Maric Abuse-proofed dosage form
RU2339365C2 (en) 2003-08-06 2008-11-27 Грюненталь Гмбх Drug dosage form, protected from unintended application
DE102004020220A1 (en) * 2004-04-22 2005-11-10 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the preparation of a secured against misuse, solid dosage form
DE10361596A1 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-09-29 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
US8075872B2 (en) 2003-08-06 2011-12-13 Gruenenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage form
DE10336400A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2005-03-24 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse dosage form
DE102005005446A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Break-resistant dosage forms with sustained release
EP1842533B1 (en) 2003-08-06 2013-05-01 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form that is secured against misuse
DE102004032051A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the preparation of a secured against misuse, solid dosage form
US20050063214A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-24 Daisaburo Takashima Semiconductor integrated circuit device
ATE464049T1 (en) 2003-09-25 2010-04-15 Euro Celtique Sa PHARMACEUTICAL COMBINATIONS OF HYDROCODONE AND NALTREXONE
BRPI0414941A (en) 2003-09-30 2006-11-07 Alza Corp osmotically driven active agent dispensing device providing an upward release profile
US20060172006A1 (en) 2003-10-10 2006-08-03 Vincent Lenaerts Sustained-release tramadol formulations with 24-hour clinical efficacy
US20060009478A1 (en) 2003-10-15 2006-01-12 Nadav Friedmann Methods for the treatment of back pain
CN1933837A (en) 2003-10-29 2007-03-21 阿尔扎公司 Once-a-day, oral, controlled-release, oxycodone dosage forms
US7201920B2 (en) 2003-11-26 2007-04-10 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of opioid containing dosage forms
ES2600577T3 (en) 2003-12-04 2017-02-09 Bend Research, Inc. Spray-solidification process using an extruder to prepare multiparticulate compositions of crystalline drugs
DE602004005076T2 (en) 2003-12-09 2007-11-15 Euro-Celtique S.A. CO-EXTRUDED SAFETY DOSAGE FORM WITH AN ACTIVE AGENT AND AN ADVERSE AGENT AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THEREOF
WO2005060942A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-07-07 Aurobindo Pharma Ltd Extended release pharmaceutical composition of metformin
DE10360792A1 (en) 2003-12-23 2005-07-28 Grünenthal GmbH Spirocyclic cyclohexane derivatives
JP2007517061A (en) 2003-12-29 2007-06-28 アルザ・コーポレーシヨン Novel pharmaceutical composition and dosage form
US20070196396A1 (en) 2004-02-11 2007-08-23 Rubicon Research Private Limited Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions with improved bioavailability
TWI350762B (en) 2004-02-12 2011-10-21 Euro Celtique Sa Particulates
GB0403100D0 (en) 2004-02-12 2004-03-17 Euro Celtique Sa Particulates
GB0403098D0 (en) 2004-02-12 2004-03-17 Euro Celtique Sa Extrusion
EP1718258B1 (en) * 2004-02-23 2009-03-25 Euro-Celtique S.A. Abuse resistance opioid transdermal delivery device
TWI483944B (en) 2004-03-30 2015-05-11 Euro Celtique Sa Oxycodone hydrochloride composition,pharmaceutical dosage form,sustained release oral dosage form,and pharmaceutically acceptable package having less than 25 ppm 14-hydroxycodeinone
US20050220877A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Patel Ashish A Bilayer tablet comprising an antihistamine and a decongestant
DE102004019916A1 (en) 2004-04-21 2005-11-17 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse drug-containing patch
WO2005102286A1 (en) * 2004-04-22 2005-11-03 Grünenthal GmbH Method for the production of an abuse-proof, solid form of administration
WO2005105036A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2005-11-10 Natco Pharma Limited Controlled release mucoadhesive matrix formulation containing tolterodine and a process for its preparation
US20050271594A1 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-08 Groenewoud Pieter J Abuse resistent pharmaceutical composition
TWI356036B (en) 2004-06-09 2012-01-11 Smithkline Beecham Corp Apparatus and method for pharmaceutical production
PL1612203T3 (en) 2004-06-28 2007-12-31 Gruenenthal Gmbh Crystalline forms of (-)-(1R,2R)-3-(3-dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl)-phenol hydrochloride
ITMI20041317A1 (en) 2004-06-30 2004-09-30 Ibsa Inst Biochimique Sa PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS FOR THE SAFE ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS USED IN THE TREATMENT OF DRUG ADDICTION AND PROCEDURE FOR THEIR OBTAINING
AR053304A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2007-05-02 Gruenenthal Gmbh PROTECTED ORAL PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS AGAINST ABUSE WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE OF (1R, 2R) -3- (3 DIMETHYLAMIN-1-ETIL-2METIL-PROPIL) PHENOL AND PROCEDURE FOR PRODUCTION.
DE102004032103A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse, oral dosage form
DE102004032049A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse, oral dosage form
PL1765298T3 (en) 2004-07-01 2013-01-31 Gruenenthal Gmbh Method for producing a solid dosage form, which is safeguarded against abuse, while using a planetary gear extruder
FI1765303T4 (en) * 2004-07-01 2023-01-31 Oral tablet safeguarded against abuse
ATE396703T1 (en) 2004-07-27 2008-06-15 Unilever Nv HAIR CARE COMPOSITIONS
GB2418854B (en) 2004-08-31 2009-12-23 Euro Celtique Sa Multiparticulates
US20060068009A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2006-03-30 Scolr Pharma, Inc. Modified release ibuprofen dosage form
US20070077297A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2007-04-05 Scolr Pharma, Inc. Modified release ibuprofen dosage form
US7426948B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2008-09-23 Phibrowood, Llc Milled submicron organic biocides with narrow particle size distribution, and uses thereof
US20060177380A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2006-08-10 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of orally administered pharmaceutical products
US20070231268A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2007-10-04 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of orally administered pharmaceutical products
US20080152595A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2008-06-26 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of orally administered pharmaceutical products
DK1849470T4 (en) 2005-01-26 2024-04-02 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Cancerlægemiddel, som indeholder alpha, alpha, alpha-trifluorthymidin og thymidin-phosphorylase-inhibitor
BRPI0606339A2 (en) 2005-01-28 2009-06-16 Euro Celtique Sa alcohol resistant dosage forms
DE102005005449A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
FR2889810A1 (en) 2005-05-24 2007-02-23 Flamel Technologies Sa ORAL MEDICINAL FORM, MICROPARTICULAR, ANTI-MEASUREMENT
EP1853249A2 (en) 2005-02-10 2007-11-14 LifeCycle Pharma A/S A stable pharmaceutical composition comprising a fixed dose combination of fenofibrate and an hmg-coa reductase inhibitor
US20060194759A1 (en) 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Eidelson Stewart G Topical compositions and methods for treating pain and inflammation
EP1695700A1 (en) 2005-02-28 2006-08-30 Euro-Celtique S.A. Dosage form containing oxycodone and naloxone
CA2598774C (en) 2005-03-04 2010-12-21 Euro-Celtique S.A. Method of reducing alpha, beta unsaturated ketones in opioid compositions
US20060204575A1 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-14 Hengsheng Feng Amphetamine formulations
US7639658B2 (en) 2005-03-18 2009-12-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Efficient wireless transmission opportunity handoff
US7732427B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2010-06-08 University Of Delaware Multifunctional and biologically active matrices from multicomponent polymeric solutions
RU2406480C2 (en) 2005-04-08 2010-12-20 Озфарма Пти Лтд Transbuccal delivery system
EP1881819A1 (en) 2005-05-10 2008-01-30 Novartis AG Extrusion process for making compositions with poorly compressible therapeutic compounds
JP5161075B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2013-03-13 エガレット エイ/エス Solid pharmaceutical composition having a first fraction of a dispersion medium and a second fraction of a matrix, wherein the second fraction is first at least partially exposed to gastrointestinal fluid
WO2007005716A2 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Cinergen, Llc Methods of treatment and compositions for use thereof
KR20080039400A (en) 2005-07-07 2008-05-07 파남 컴퍼니스 인크. Sustained release pharmaceutical compositions for highly water soluble drugs
DE102005032806A1 (en) 2005-07-12 2007-01-18 Röhm Gmbh Use of a partially neutralized, anionic (meth) acrylate copolymer as a coating for the preparation of a dosage form with a release of active ingredient at reduced pH values
US8858993B2 (en) 2005-07-25 2014-10-14 Metrics, Inc. Coated tablet with zero-order or near zero-order release kinetics
WO2007016563A2 (en) 2005-08-01 2007-02-08 Alpharma Inc. Alcohol resistant pharmaceutical formulations
JP2009503071A (en) 2005-08-03 2009-01-29 イーストマン ケミカル カンパニー Tocopheryl polyethylene glycol succinate powder and method for producing the same
US20070048373A1 (en) 2005-08-30 2007-03-01 Cima Labs Inc. Dried milled granulate and methods
JP5118973B2 (en) 2005-10-14 2013-01-16 学校法人北里研究所 New dihydropseudoerythromycin derivatives
US20070092573A1 (en) 2005-10-24 2007-04-26 Laxminarayan Joshi Stabilized extended release pharmaceutical compositions comprising a beta-adrenoreceptor antagonist
PL116330U1 (en) 2005-10-31 2007-04-02 Alza Corp Method for the reduction of alcohol provoked rapid increase in the released dose of the orally administered opioide with prolonged liberation
US8329744B2 (en) 2005-11-02 2012-12-11 Relmada Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of preventing the serotonin syndrome and compositions for use thereof
WO2008134071A1 (en) 2007-04-26 2008-11-06 Theraquest Biosciences, Inc. Multimodal abuse resistant extended release formulations
US8652529B2 (en) 2005-11-10 2014-02-18 Flamel Technologies Anti-misuse microparticulate oral pharmaceutical form
FR2892937B1 (en) 2005-11-10 2013-04-05 Flamel Tech Sa MICROPARTICULAR ORAL PHARMACEUTICAL FORM ANTI-MEASURING
DE102005058569B4 (en) 2005-12-08 2010-07-15 Lts Lohmann Therapie-Systeme Ag Foam wafer with polyvinyl alcohol-polyethylene glycol graft copolymer
US20090022798A1 (en) 2007-07-20 2009-01-22 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Formulations of nonopioid and confined opioid analgesics
CA2637755A1 (en) 2006-01-21 2007-07-26 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Dosage form and method for the delivery of drugs of abuse
US20090317355A1 (en) 2006-01-21 2009-12-24 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg, Abuse resistant melt extruded formulation having reduced alcohol interaction
US20100172989A1 (en) 2006-01-21 2010-07-08 Abbott Laboratories Abuse resistant melt extruded formulation having reduced alcohol interaction
EP1813276A1 (en) 2006-01-27 2007-08-01 Euro-Celtique S.A. Tamper resistant dosage forms
FR2897267A1 (en) 2006-02-16 2007-08-17 Flamel Technologies Sa MULTIMICROPARTICULAR PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS FOR PER OS ADMINISTRATION
FR2898056B1 (en) 2006-03-01 2012-01-20 Ethypharm Sa SQUEEZE-RESISTANT TABLETS TO PREVENT UNLAWFUL MISUSE
US8871779B2 (en) 2006-03-02 2014-10-28 Mallinckrodt Llc Process for preparing morphinan-6-one products with low levels of α,β-unsaturated ketone compounds
US20100226855A1 (en) 2006-03-02 2010-09-09 Spherics, Inc. Rate-Controlled Oral Dosage Formulations
WO2007112285A2 (en) 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Auxilium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for the preparation of a hot-melt extruded laminate
US20070224637A1 (en) 2006-03-24 2007-09-27 Mcauliffe Joseph C Oxidative protection of lipid layer biosensors
CA2932389A1 (en) 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Auxilium International Holdings, Inc. Stabilized compositions containing alkaline labile drugs
US10960077B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2021-03-30 Intellipharmaceutics Corp. Abuse and alcohol resistant drug composition
US9023400B2 (en) 2006-05-24 2015-05-05 Flamel Technologies Prolonged-release multimicroparticulate oral pharmaceutical form
WO2007138466A2 (en) 2006-06-01 2007-12-06 Wockhardt Ltd Pharmaceutical compositions comprising meloxicam and tramadol combination
US20070292508A1 (en) 2006-06-05 2007-12-20 Balchem Corporation Orally disintegrating dosage forms
US20080069891A1 (en) 2006-09-15 2008-03-20 Cima Labs, Inc. Abuse resistant drug formulation
SI2034975T1 (en) 2006-06-19 2012-07-31 Alpharma Pharmaceuticals Llc Pharmaceutical compositions
CN101091721A (en) 2006-06-22 2007-12-26 孙明 Method for preparing new type asshide
WO2008008120A1 (en) 2006-07-14 2008-01-17 Fmc Corporation Solid form
JP4029109B1 (en) 2006-07-18 2008-01-09 タマ生化学株式会社 Complex powder of vitamin E and proline and method for producing the same
CA2671197A1 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Lab International Srl Hydrophobic abuse deterrent delivery system
SA07280459B1 (en) 2006-08-25 2011-07-20 بيورديو فارما إل. بي. Tamper Resistant Oral Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms Comprising an Opioid Analgesic
US8445018B2 (en) 2006-09-15 2013-05-21 Cima Labs Inc. Abuse resistant drug formulation
KR101400824B1 (en) 2006-09-25 2014-05-29 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Resist composition, resin for use in the resist composition, compound for use in the synthesis of the resin, and pattern-forming method usign the resist composition
US8187636B2 (en) 2006-09-25 2012-05-29 Atlantic Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dosage forms for tamper prone therapeutic agents
KR20090113243A (en) 2006-10-10 2009-10-29 펜웨스트 파머슈티칼즈 컴파니 Robust sustained release formulations
US20080085304A1 (en) 2006-10-10 2008-04-10 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. Robust sustained release formulations
GB0624880D0 (en) 2006-12-14 2007-01-24 Johnson Matthey Plc Improved method for making analgesics
DE102006062120A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-06-26 Grünenthal GmbH Pharmaceutical composition for acne treatment
US20100316712A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-12-16 Combinatorx, Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of parkinson's disease and related disorders
EP2104493A2 (en) 2007-01-16 2009-09-30 Egalet A/S Use of i) a polyglycol and n) an active drug substance for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for i) mitigating the risk of alcohol induced dose dumping and/or ii) reducing the risk of drug abuse
WO2008094877A2 (en) 2007-01-30 2008-08-07 Drugtech Corporation Compositions for oral delivery of pharmaceuticals
CN100579525C (en) 2007-02-02 2010-01-13 东南大学 Sustained release preparation of licardipine hydrochloride and its preparing process
ATE552861T1 (en) 2007-02-08 2012-04-15 Kempharm Inc POLAR HYDROPHILIC PRODRUGS OF AMPHETAMINE AND OTHER STIMULANTS AND METHODS OF PRODUCTION AND USE
CN101057849A (en) 2007-02-27 2007-10-24 齐齐哈尔医学院 Slow-releasing preparation containing metformin hydrochloride and glipizide and its preparation method
EP2144599B1 (en) 2007-03-02 2010-08-04 Farnam Companies, Inc. Sustained release pellets comprising wax-like material
DE102007011485A1 (en) 2007-03-07 2008-09-11 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form with more difficult abuse
EP1980245A1 (en) 2007-04-11 2008-10-15 Cephalon France Bilayer lyophilized pharmaceutical compositions and methods of making and using same
US20080260836A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2008-10-23 Thomas James Boyd Films Comprising a Plurality of Polymers
EP2061587A1 (en) 2007-04-26 2009-05-27 Sigmoid Pharma Limited Manufacture of multiple minicapsules
WO2008142627A2 (en) 2007-05-17 2008-11-27 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Multilayered modified release formulation comprising amoxicillin and clavulanate
US8202542B1 (en) 2007-05-31 2012-06-19 Tris Pharma Abuse resistant opioid drug-ion exchange resin complexes having hybrid coatings
CA2687192C (en) 2007-06-04 2015-11-24 Egalet A/S Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions for prolonged effect
US20100035886A1 (en) 2007-06-21 2010-02-11 Veroscience, Llc Parenteral formulations of dopamine agonists
CA2690956C (en) 2007-07-01 2017-01-03 Joseph Peter Habboushe Combination tablet with chewable outer layer
NZ581767A (en) 2007-07-20 2012-05-25 Abbott Gmbh & Co Kg Formulations of nonopioid and confined opioid analgesics
EP2200591A2 (en) 2007-09-11 2010-06-30 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Controlled release pharmaceutical dosage forms of trimetazidine
WO2009035474A1 (en) 2007-09-13 2009-03-19 Cima Labs Inc. Abuse resistant drug formulation
EP2211760A4 (en) 2007-10-17 2013-09-18 Axxia Pharmaceuticals Llc Polymeric drug delivery systems and thermoplastic extrusion processes for producing such systems
CN102908339A (en) 2007-11-23 2013-02-06 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tapentadol compositions
JP2011506319A (en) 2007-12-06 2011-03-03 デュレクト コーポレーション Useful methods for the treatment of pain, joint inflammation symptoms, or inflammation associated with chronic diseases
AU2008334580A1 (en) 2007-12-12 2009-06-18 Basf Se Salts of active ingredients with polymeric counter-ions
US8486448B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2013-07-16 Paladin Labs Inc. Misuse preventative, controlled release formulation
NZ586792A (en) 2008-01-25 2012-09-28 Gruenenthal Chemie Tamper resistant controlled release pharmaceutical tablets form having convex and concave surfaces
KR100970665B1 (en) 2008-02-04 2010-07-15 삼일제약주식회사 Sustained release tablet containing alfuzosin or its salt
AU2009220779A1 (en) 2008-03-05 2009-09-11 Panacea Biotec Limited Modified release pharmaceutical compositions comprising mycophenolate and processes thereof
US8372432B2 (en) 2008-03-11 2013-02-12 Depomed, Inc. Gastric retentive extended-release dosage forms comprising combinations of a non-opioid analgesic and an opioid analgesic
EP2100598A1 (en) 2008-03-13 2009-09-16 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Inhalation composition containing aclidinium for treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
TWI519322B (en) 2008-04-15 2016-02-01 愛戴爾製藥股份有限公司 Compositions comprising weakly basic drugs and controlled-release dosage forms
ES2599031T3 (en) 2008-05-09 2017-01-31 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the preparation of an intermediate powder formulation and a final solid dosage form using a spray freezing step
WO2010003078A2 (en) 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 Novartis Ag Melt granulation process
RU2483713C2 (en) 2008-08-20 2013-06-10 Борд Оф Риджентс, Зе Юниверсити Оф Техас Систем Extrusion of hot liquid of multiple particles with modified release
FR2936709B1 (en) 2008-10-02 2012-05-11 Ethypharm Sa ALCOHOL-RESISTANT TABLETS.
WO2010044842A1 (en) 2008-10-16 2010-04-22 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Tamper resistant oral dosage forms containing an embolizing agent
PE20110855A1 (en) 2008-10-27 2011-12-05 Alza Corp ACETAMINOPHEN / TRAMADOL PROLONGED ORAL DOSAGE FORM
US20100151019A1 (en) 2008-11-14 2010-06-17 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SOLID COMPOSITION FOR CONTROLLED RELEASE OF IONIZABLE ACTIVE AGENTS WITH POOR AQUEOUS SOLUBILITY AT LOW pH AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP2379111B1 (en) 2008-12-12 2013-03-20 Paladin Labs Inc. Narcotic drug formulations with decreased abuse potential
CN102316857A (en) 2008-12-16 2012-01-11 莱博法姆公司 Prevent the controlled release formulation misapplied
NZ594071A (en) 2009-01-26 2013-01-25 Egalet Ltd Controlled release formulations comprising morphine sulphate for continuous treatment of pain
AU2010211376B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2013-08-22 Egalet Ltd. Pharmaceutical compositions resistant to abuse
KR101571198B1 (en) 2009-03-18 2015-11-23 에보니크 룀 게엠베하 Controlled release pharmaceutical composition with resistance against the influence of ethanol employing a coating comprising neutral vinyl polymers and excipients
EP2246063A1 (en) 2009-04-29 2010-11-03 Ipsen Pharma S.A.S. Sustained release formulations comprising GnRH analogues
GB0909680D0 (en) 2009-06-05 2009-07-22 Euro Celtique Sa Dosage form
AU2010265213B2 (en) 2009-06-24 2012-08-23 Egalet Ltd. Controlled release formulations
WO2011008298A2 (en) 2009-07-16 2011-01-20 Nectid, Inc. Novel axomadol dosage forms
US20110020451A1 (en) 2009-07-22 2011-01-27 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant dosage form for oxidation-sensitive opioids
AU2010275753B2 (en) 2009-07-22 2014-08-21 Grünenthal GmbH Hot-melt extruded controlled release dosage form
CA2775890C (en) 2009-09-30 2016-06-21 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse
WO2011059074A1 (en) 2009-11-13 2011-05-19 森六ケミカルズ株式会社 Fine powder manufacturing method and fine powder manufactured using same
WO2011068722A1 (en) 2009-12-01 2011-06-09 Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transdermal testosterone device and delivery
WO2011095314A2 (en) 2010-02-03 2011-08-11 Grünenthal GmbH Preparation of a powdery pharmaceutical composition by means of an extruder
GB201003731D0 (en) 2010-03-05 2010-04-21 Univ Strathclyde Immediate/delayed drug delivery
WO2011112709A1 (en) 2010-03-09 2011-09-15 Elan Pharma International Limited Alcohol resistant enteric pharmaceutical compositions
US8481560B2 (en) * 2010-04-02 2013-07-09 Alltranz Inc. Abuse deterrent transdermal formulations of opiate agonists and agonist-antagonists
MX336038B (en) 2010-04-07 2016-01-07 Lupin Ltd Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions of tapentadol.
GB201006200D0 (en) 2010-04-14 2010-06-02 Ayanda As Composition
EP2560624B1 (en) 2010-04-23 2018-07-04 KemPharm, Inc. Therapeutic formulation for reduced drug side effects
FR2959935B1 (en) 2010-05-14 2013-02-08 Ethypharm Sa ALCOHOL-RESISTANT ORAL PHARMACEUTICAL FORM
FR2960775A1 (en) 2010-06-07 2011-12-09 Ethypharm Sa MICROGRANULES RESISTANT TO MISMATCH
CN103269688A (en) 2010-09-02 2013-08-28 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tamper resistant dosage form comprising inorganic salt
TWI501788B (en) 2010-09-02 2015-10-01 Tamper resistant dosage form comprising an anionic polymer
EP2611425B1 (en) 2010-09-02 2014-07-02 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form comprising an anionic polymer
US20120202838A1 (en) 2010-11-04 2012-08-09 Abbott Laboratories Drug formulations
US20120231083A1 (en) 2010-11-18 2012-09-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Sustained release cannabinoid medicaments
GB201020895D0 (en) 2010-12-09 2011-01-26 Euro Celtique Sa Dosage form
EP2654733B1 (en) 2010-12-23 2016-04-06 Purdue Pharma LP Tamper resistant solid oral dosage forms
BR112013021026A2 (en) 2011-02-17 2016-10-11 Qrxpharma Ltd technology for preventing solid dosage form abuse
CN103501773A (en) 2011-03-04 2014-01-08 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Aqueous pharmaceutical formulation of tapentadol for oral administration
HUE049308T2 (en) 2011-04-29 2020-09-28 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tapentadol for preventing and treating depression and anxiety
US8858963B1 (en) 2011-05-17 2014-10-14 Mallinckrodt Llc Tamper resistant composition comprising hydrocodone and acetaminophen for rapid onset and extended duration of analgesia
CA2837077A1 (en) 2011-06-01 2012-12-06 Fmc Corporation Controlled release solid dose forms
EP2726065A4 (en) 2011-06-30 2014-11-26 Neos Therapeutics Lp Abuse resistant drug forms
ES2655900T3 (en) 2011-07-29 2018-02-22 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-proof tablet that provides immediate release of a medication
HUE034710T2 (en) 2011-07-29 2018-02-28 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
US20140206717A1 (en) 2011-08-16 2014-07-24 John Higgins Use of inorganic matrix and organic polymer combinations for preparing stable amorphous dispersions
FR2979242A1 (en) 2011-08-29 2013-03-01 Sanofi Sa COMPRESSES AGAINST ABUSIVE USE, BASED ON PARACETAMOL AND OXYCODONE
CN103998025A (en) 2011-10-06 2014-08-20 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tamper-resistant oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising opioid agonist and opioid antagonist
AU2012338872B2 (en) 2011-11-17 2017-06-22 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient, an opioid antagonist and/or aversive agent, polyalkylene oxide and anionic polymer
US20150265536A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2015-09-24 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pharmaceutical dosage forms comprising poly(epsilon-caprolactone) and polyethylene oxide
JP2013155124A (en) 2012-01-30 2013-08-15 Moriroku Chemicals Co Ltd Bulk powder of medicine and method of producing the same
WO2013127831A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2013-09-06 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant dosage form comprising pharmacologically active compound and anionic polymer
EP2819657A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2015-01-07 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form comprising nonionic surfactant
EA028224B1 (en) 2012-03-02 2017-10-31 Роудс Фармасьютикалз Л.П. Tamper resistant immediate release formulations
SI2838512T1 (en) 2012-04-18 2018-11-30 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper resistant and dose-dumping resistant pharmaceutical dosage form
US10064945B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2018-09-04 Gruenenthal Gmbh Thermoformed, tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form containing zinc
HUE035123T2 (en) 2012-05-11 2018-05-02 Gruenenthal Gmbh Thermoformed, tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form containing zinc
US20140034885A1 (en) 2012-08-01 2014-02-06 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stabilization of one-pot methamphetamine synthesis systems
CN104519876A (en) 2012-08-27 2015-04-15 赢创工业集团股份有限公司 Pharmaceutical or nutraceutical composition with sustained release characteristic and with resistance against the influence of ethanol
RU2015110825A (en) 2012-08-27 2016-10-20 Эвоник Индустрис Аг RESISTANT TO ACTION OF THE GASTRIC JUICE PHARMACEUTICAL OR NUTRICEUTIC COMPOSITION RESISTANT TO THE INFLUENCE OF ETHANOL
US9463165B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2016-10-11 Teika Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Granular material for orally fast disintegrating tablets
EP2906202A4 (en) 2012-10-15 2016-04-27 Isa Odidi Oral drug delivery formulations
US9517208B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-12-13 Purdue Pharma L.P. Abuse-deterrent dosage forms
WO2014149397A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Mallinckrodt Llc Compositions comprising an opioid and an additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for rapid onset and extended duration of analgesia that may be administered without regard to food
US10420729B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-24 R.P. Scherer Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant capsule
WO2014191396A1 (en) 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form with bimodal release profile
BR112015026549A2 (en) 2013-05-29 2017-07-25 Gruenenthal Gmbh tamper-proof dosage form containing one or more particles
CA2817728A1 (en) 2013-05-31 2014-11-30 Pharmascience Inc. Abuse deterrent immediate release formulation
CN105682643B (en) 2013-07-12 2019-12-13 格吕伦塔尔有限公司 Tamper resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer
US9770514B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2017-09-26 ExxPharma Therapeutics LLC Tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage forms
WO2015048597A1 (en) 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 Daya Drug Discoveries, Inc. Prevention of illicit methamphetamine manufacture from pseudoephedrine using food flavor excipients
WO2015065547A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 Cima Labs Inc. Immediate release abuse-deterrent granulated dosage forms
WO2015103379A1 (en) 2013-12-31 2015-07-09 Kashiv Pharma, Llc Abuse-resistant drug formulations
WO2015120201A1 (en) 2014-02-05 2015-08-13 Kashiv Pharma, Llc Abuse-resistant drug formulations with built-in overdose protection
US20160089439A1 (en) 2014-09-28 2016-03-31 Satara Pharmaceuticals, LLC Prevention of Illicit Manufacutre of Methamphetamine from Pseudoephedrine Using Food Flavor Excipients
MX2017013637A (en) 2015-04-24 2018-03-08 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction.
US20170112766A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2017-04-27 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction
US20170296476A1 (en) 2016-04-15 2017-10-19 Grünenthal GmbH Modified release abuse deterrent dosage forms

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11690806B2 (en) 2018-05-24 2023-07-04 Celanese Eva Performance Polymers Llc Implantable device for sustained release of a macromolecular drug compound
US11690807B2 (en) 2018-05-24 2023-07-04 Celanese Eva Performance Polymers Llc Implantable device for sustained release of a macromolecular drug compound
US11951215B2 (en) 2018-05-24 2024-04-09 Celanese Eva Performance Polymers Llc Implantable device for sustained release of a macromolecular drug compound

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2014289187B2 (en) 2019-07-11
CA2917136C (en) 2022-05-31
IL243277B (en) 2020-05-31
NZ715801A (en) 2021-07-30
US10624862B2 (en) 2020-04-21
EP3019157A1 (en) 2016-05-18
IL243277A0 (en) 2016-02-29
JP6449871B2 (en) 2019-01-09
WO2015004245A1 (en) 2015-01-15
CA2917136A1 (en) 2015-01-15
MX368846B (en) 2019-10-18
MX2016000330A (en) 2016-05-09
AU2014289187A1 (en) 2016-02-04
JP2016526567A (en) 2016-09-05
CN105682643B (en) 2019-12-13
KR20160031526A (en) 2016-03-22
BR112016000194A8 (en) 2019-12-31
US20150017250A1 (en) 2015-01-15
EA032465B1 (en) 2019-05-31
EA201600100A1 (en) 2016-07-29
CN105682643A (en) 2016-06-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200197327A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer
US10335373B2 (en) Tamper resistant and dose-dumping resistant pharmaceutical dosage form
US20200276188A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction
US20190142757A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form containing one or more particles
US9737490B2 (en) Tamper resistant dosage form with bimodal release profile
AU2012292418B2 (en) Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
US20200009055A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction
US20180028472A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form comprising a polyethylene glycol graft copolymer
US20180221307A1 (en) Tamper resistant dosage form with bimodal release profile manufactured by co-extrusion

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: GRUENENTHAL GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WENING, KLAUS, DR.;BARNSCHEID, LUTZ, DR.;SCHWIER, SEBASTIAN, DR.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20140716 TO 20140718;REEL/FRAME:052029/0448

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO PAY ISSUE FEE